[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024197961A1 - Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024197961A1
WO2024197961A1 PCT/CN2023/085812 CN2023085812W WO2024197961A1 WO 2024197961 A1 WO2024197961 A1 WO 2024197961A1 CN 2023085812 W CN2023085812 W CN 2023085812W WO 2024197961 A1 WO2024197961 A1 WO 2024197961A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
time window
uplink
network device
offset
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/085812
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王磊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority to CN202380008830.6A priority Critical patent/CN116671059A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2023/085812 priority patent/WO2024197961A1/en
Publication of WO2024197961A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024197961A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium.
  • DTDD dynamic time division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UL uplink
  • DL downlink
  • the corresponding interference can be measured by sending reference signals by the network devices. Since the reference signal only occupies a part of the frequency domain resources, in order to improve resource utilization efficiency, the network device can receive uplink data sent by the terminal in the same service cell and the reference signal sent by the network device in the adjacent cell at the same time. For the network device in the service cell, the reference signal and the uplink data will be received at the same time, causing serious inter-symbol interference (ISI).
  • ISI inter-symbol interference
  • the present disclosure provides a communication method, an apparatus, a device and a storage medium.
  • a communication method which is executed by a terminal and includes: determining at least two time advances; determining an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and sending uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • At least two timing advances are determined in at least one of the following ways: receiving first configuration information, and determining at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information; and determining at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • At least two time advances include: a first time advance; the method also includes: determining a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances, including: within the first time window, determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.
  • At least two timing advances include: a second timing advance; the method further includes: determining Determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; determine an uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances, including: within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.
  • the first time window and/or the second time window is determined by at least one of the following methods: receiving second configuration information, and determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.
  • a communication method which is executed by a network device and includes: determining at least two time advances; determining an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and receiving uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • determining at least two timing advances includes: determining first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances; sending the first configuration information; and/or, determining at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • At least two time advances include: a first time advance; the method also includes: determining a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances, including: within the first time window, determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.
  • At least two time advances include: a second time advance; the method also includes: determining a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances, including: within the second time window, determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.
  • the first time window and/or the second time window is determined by: determining second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; sending the second configuration information; and/or,
  • the first time window and/or the second time window is determined.
  • an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal from the terminal is not received at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window.
  • no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.
  • a communication device which may include: a processing module for determining at least two time advances; the processing module is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and a sending module for sending uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the device further includes: a receiving module for receiving first configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine at least two time advances based on the first configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • At least two time advances include: a first time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.
  • At least two time advances include: a second time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.
  • the device also includes: a receiving module for receiving second configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.
  • a communication device comprising: a processing module for determining at least two time advances; the processing module is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and a receiving module for receiving uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the apparatus further includes: the processing module is further used to determine first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances; the sending module is further used to send the first configuration information; and/or the processing module The method is further configured to determine, based on a first predefined rule, at least two timing advances.
  • At least two time advances include: a first time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.
  • At least two time advances include: a second time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.
  • the device also includes: a processing module is also used to determine second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; a sending module is used to send the second configuration information; and/or the processing module is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal from the terminal is not received at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window.
  • no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; a memory for storing instructions executable by the processor; wherein the processor is configured to: execute the first aspect and any one of the methods in the first aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; a memory for storing instructions executable by the processor; wherein the processor is configured to: execute the second aspect and any one of the methods in the second aspect.
  • a non-temporary computer-readable storage medium When instructions in the storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the terminal is enabled to execute the first aspect and any one of the methods in the first aspect.
  • a non-temporary computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • the network device When instructions in the storage medium are executed by a processor of a network device, the network device is enabled to execute the second aspect and any one of the methods in the second aspect.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure may have the following beneficial effects: by configuring a plurality of different timing advances for a terminal, the terminal can use an appropriate timing advance to determine the uplink time unit edge in a corresponding situation.
  • the uplink data is sent after the uplink and downlink switching. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network equipment before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an interference scenario according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an ISI interference according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a timing sequence of transmission symbols according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 5 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of uplink symbols using a first timing advance according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of uplink symbols using a second timing advance according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 8 is a flow chart showing another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 9 is a flow chart showing yet another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 10 is a flow chart of yet another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 11 is a flow chart showing another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 12 is a flow chart of yet another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram showing another timing of transmission symbols according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram showing yet another transmission symbol timing according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the communication method involved in the present disclosure can be applied to the wireless communication system 100 shown in Figure 1.
  • the network system may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120.
  • the wireless communication system shown in Figure 1 is only for schematic illustration, and the wireless communication system may also include other network devices, for example, core network devices, wireless relay devices, and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figure 1.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the number of network devices and the number of terminals included in the wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system of the embodiment of the present disclosure is a network that provides wireless communication functions.
  • the wireless communication system can adopt different communication technologies, such as code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division multiple access (time division multiple access, TDMA), frequency division multiple access (frequency division multiple access, FDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (orthogonal frequency-division multiple access, OFDMA), single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier-frequency division multiple access, SC-FDMA), carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance (carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance).
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • wideband code division multiple access wideband code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division multiple access time division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • networks can be divided into 2G (English: generation) networks, 3G networks, 4G networks or future evolution networks, such as the 5th generation wireless communication system (5G) network.
  • 5G network can also be called new radio (NR).
  • NR new radio
  • the network device 110 involved in the present disclosure may also be referred to as a wireless access network device.
  • the wireless access network device may be: a base station, an evolved node B (eNB), a home base station, an access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a TRP, etc. It may also be a gNB in an NR system, or it may also be a component or a part of a device constituting a base station, etc.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the network device may also be a vehicle-mounted device. It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device are not limited.
  • the terminal 120 involved in the present disclosure may also be referred to as a terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., which is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • the terminal may be a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • some examples of terminals are: smart phones (mobile phones), pocket personal computers (pocket personal computers, PPCs), handheld computers, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), laptops, tablet computers, wearable devices, or vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the terminal device may also be a vehicle-mounted device. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal.
  • the network device 110 and the terminal 120 may use any feasible wireless communication technology to achieve mutual data transmission.
  • the transmission channel corresponding to the data sent by the network device 110 to the terminal 120 is called a downlink channel (DL), and the transmission channel corresponding to the data sent by the terminal 120 to the network device 110 is called an UL.
  • DL downlink channel
  • UL transmission channel corresponding to the data sent by the terminal 120 to the network device 110
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a base station.
  • the network device may also be any other possible network device
  • the terminal may be any possible terminal, which is not limited by the present disclosure.
  • DTDD can be called dynamic TDD, that is, the proportion of the UL transmission time slot and the downlink (DL) transmission time slot in the TDD configuration can be dynamically adjusted.
  • the serving cell and the neighboring cell have made different dynamic adjustments to the TDD structure of their respective cells. This will lead to inconsistent TDD structures of the respective cells, such as inconsistent transmission directions of the two cells, which will cause serious interference.
  • the service cell may include terminal 1 and network device 1.
  • the neighboring cell adjacent to the service cell may include terminal 2 and network device 2.
  • the service cell and the neighboring cell may perform uplink transmission and downlink transmission respectively in a certain time slot.
  • network device 1 sends downlink data to terminal 1
  • terminal 2 sends uplink data to network device 2.
  • the two black solid arrows shown in FIG2 represent different transmission states in different cells at the same time. In this case, since terminal 2 is in the time slot for uplink transmission, the data sent by terminal 2 will also be transmitted to terminal 1.
  • terminal 1 it may receive the downlink data sent by network device 1 and the data sent by terminal 2 at the same time, thereby generating ISI.
  • the dotted arrow pointing from terminal 2 to terminal 1 in FIG2 represents the interference caused by the data sent by terminal 2 to terminal 1.
  • RAN1 In order to measure the interference between network devices and network devices in adjacent cells.
  • CLI reference signals are supported to be sent between different network devices to measure the corresponding interference conditions.
  • RAN1 at least supports periodic non-zero power channel state information reference signal (NZP CSI-RS) or synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SSB) for CLI measurement and/or channel measurement between network devices.
  • NZP CSI-RS periodic non-zero power channel state information reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
  • SSB can be cell defining (CD) SSB or non cell defining (NCD) SSB.
  • the aggressor network device sends a corresponding reference signal (RS) based on scheduling, such as CLI RS.
  • the serving network device receives the corresponding reference signal.
  • the serving network device can also be called a victim network device.
  • the victim network device is a network device in the serving cell, and the aggressor network device is a network device in the neighboring cell.
  • the victim network device receives the CLI RS sent by the aggressor network device to perform CLI measurement.
  • CLI RS only occupies a part of the frequency domain resources.
  • the victim network device can receive uplink data (data) sent from the terminal in the service cell at the same time.
  • the time interval between the arrival of CLI RS and UL data is N TA, offset T c +T delay .
  • N TA is the cell-level timing advance (Timing Advance, TA) information configured by the victim network device
  • T c is the basic time quantity
  • T delay is the propagation delay of CLI RS between the victim network device and the aggressor network device. It can be understood that T TA, offset in Figure 3 is equal to N TA, offset T c .
  • the default value of N TA, offset T c can be 13 microseconds ( ⁇ s) or 20 ⁇ s, depending on whether it is in the dynamic spectrum sharing (DSS) band.
  • N TA, offset T c + T delay exceeds the duration of the cyclic prefix (CP), if the victim network device receives CLI RS and UL data at the same time, it will cause severe ISI interference.
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • N TA,offset is configured to 0, so that the UL data and CLI RS of the serving cell can arrive within the CP duration.
  • N TA offset is mainly defined based on the uplink and downlink conversion time of the network equipment. If N TA, offset is configured to 0, no time is reserved for the network equipment to perform uplink and downlink conversion.
  • the network equipment will occupy one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols before and after the uplink and downlink conversion for uplink and downlink conversion. On the corresponding occupied OFDM symbols, the base station will not be able to perform corresponding reception and processing on the data sent by the terminal in the service cell, thereby reducing the communication performance of the cell.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the time for the serving cell network device to receive the reference signal needs to be T delay .
  • offset scheme assuming that the serving cell network device occupies the last uplink symbol before the uplink-downlink conversion for uplink-downlink conversion, the network device will not be able to receive the data sent by the terminal on the uplink symbol. In other words, the network device cannot communicate normally on the uplink symbol, that is, the uplink symbol is unavailable to the network device.
  • the shaded area in the second row indicates the uplink-downlink conversion
  • the gray uplink symbol indicates that part of the uplink symbol is occupied for the network device to perform uplink-downlink switching. From the perspective of the terminal, in the same uplink symbol, taking into account If the network device is unavailable, the terminal may not send data. It is understandable that even if the terminal sends data on the uplink symbol occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching, the network device cannot receive such data. Therefore, the terminal usually does not send data on the uplink symbol when the network device is unavailable.
  • the terminal also needs to perform uplink and downlink conversion. Therefore, for the terminal, when the terminal of the serving cell adopts the zeroN TA, offset solution, if the terminal occupies uplink symbols or downlink symbols for uplink and downlink switching, the terminal does not transmit data on the occupied uplink symbols or downlink symbols, that is, it is considered that the occupied uplink symbols or downlink symbols are unavailable to the terminal.
  • the last row in FIG4 shows that the terminal in the serving cell adopts the non-zero N TA, offset solution, and the uplink and downlink switching will not occupy other uplink symbols or downlink symbols, so it does not affect the terminal's data transmission on different uplink symbols or downlink symbols.
  • the present disclosure provides a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium.
  • the terminal can use an appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation.
  • the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching can be reduced, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG5 , the method may be executed by a terminal, and the method may include the following steps:
  • step S11 at least two timing advances are determined.
  • the terminal may determine at least two timing advances. For example, different timing advances may be applicable to different conditions associated with interference measurement performed by a network device, or different timing advances may be applicable to pre-configured specified scenarios, which are not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the terminal may determine at least two cell-level TA information. For example, there may be two N TA, offsets . Different N TA, offsets are applicable to different conditions. For example, different conditions may be related to interference measurement performed by a network device. Then, one N TA, offset may be related to interference measurement performed by a network device, and another N TA, offset may be related to not performing interference measurement performed by the network device.
  • the terminal can directly configure at least two N TA, offsets through the configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the at least two N TA, offsets configured in the configuration information can be used by the terminal in different scenarios.
  • at least two N TA, offset includes a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset can be applied to the first scenario.
  • the terminal can use the first N TA, offset as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario, so that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset in the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the terminal receives configuration information, which configures the first N TA, offset , configures the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. That is, the configuration information indicates the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and the time domain range in which the first scenario is effective.
  • the terminal can determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario based on the configuration information. So that the terminal uses the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the second N TA, offset can be applied to the second scenario.
  • the terminal may use the second N TA, offset as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario, so that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the terminal receives configuration information, which configures the second N TA, offset , configures the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. That is, the configuration information indicates the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and the time domain range in which the second scenario is effective.
  • the terminal may determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario based on the configuration information. So that the terminal uses the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the terminal may configure at least two N TA, offset according to a predefined rule.
  • at least two N TA, offset may be predefined in the predefined rule.
  • corresponding N TA, offset are predefined respectively.
  • N TA, offset corresponding to each scenario in at least two application scenarios is predefined.
  • at least two N TA, offset include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset may be applied to the first scenario
  • the second N TA, offset may be applied to the second scenario.
  • the terminal may determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario, and/or determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario. So that the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. And/or, within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario, determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . It can be understood that the first scenario and the second scenario are different application scenarios.
  • one of the first scenario and the second scenario mentioned above may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement
  • the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the time domain range for the network device to perform interference measurement may be determined by signaling instructions or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window type. Similarly, reference may be made to the description of the corresponding subsequent embodiments, and the present disclosure will not go into details therein.
  • step S12 an uplink time unit boundary is determined according to at least two timing advances.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances determined in S11.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary by using one of the at least two NTA,offsets determined in S11 according to the current time domain range of the terminal.
  • the current time domain range of the terminal may be related to whether the network device performs interference measurement. Different time domain ranges may correspond to different scenarios.
  • the terminal determines different N TA, offset and the scenarios corresponding to each N TA, offset based on configuration information or predefined rules in S11.
  • the terminal can select N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario in the corresponding scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the uplink time unit boundary represents the time boundary for sending uplink data, such as the start time boundary for the terminal to send uplink data.
  • the uplink time unit boundary can be the boundary of the uplink OFDM symbol or the boundary of the uplink OFDM slot.
  • the “boundary" in the present disclosure can generally be understood as a starting position, such as the starting position of an OFDM symbol, the starting position of an OFDM slot, etc.
  • the uplink time unit boundary can be considered as the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot.
  • the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot can be determined by frame timing.
  • step S13 uplink data is sent based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the terminal may send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary determined in S12.
  • the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary in S12 according to at least two N TA, offset determined in S11. And send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the terminal can use appropriate N TA, offset in different scenarios to determine the uplink time unit boundary in the corresponding scenario.
  • the present disclosure can reduce the number of unusable symbols in the cell.
  • the terminal can also use appropriate N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary, thereby avoiding ISI interference with the reference signal sent by the network device.
  • the first N TA, offset may be less than or equal to 0.
  • the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset , and transmits the uplink data based on the above uplink time unit boundary.
  • N TA, offset 0, the uplink data arrives at The time between the arrival time of the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device and the arrival time interval of the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device is equal to T delay .
  • T delay is the transmission time of the reference signal from the neighboring cell network device to the serving cell network device.
  • the distance between the serving cell network device and the neighboring cell network device is relatively close (for example, it can be 500m). In most scenarios, T delay is less than the CP duration in the corresponding OFDM symbol. Based on this, it can be ensured that the network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal of the same serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP range, thereby effectively reducing the ISI interference between the signals and improving the data transmission efficiency and the interference measurement accuracy.
  • the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell can be a reference signal for interference measurement, such as CLI RS.
  • the second N TA, offset may be greater than 0.
  • the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . It can be seen that the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for sending uplink data by the terminal have a certain delay, that is, the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7 . The delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset .
  • the serving cell network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for receiving uplink data based on the second N TA, offset, so that the uplink time unit is ahead of the downlink time unit by a certain time duration.
  • the network device performs uplink and downlink switching, it can use this time period for uplink and downlink switching, and thus does not need to occupy a certain symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching, and improves the uplink transmission performance.
  • the present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation, which can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • At least two time advances can be determined in at least one of the following ways: receiving first configuration information, and determining at least two time advances based on the first configuration information; and determining at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • the terminal may receive first configuration information.
  • the terminal may determine at least two timing advances based on the received first configuration information.
  • the terminal receives first configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances.
  • the terminal can determine at least two timing advances according to the received first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information may be carried in radio resource control (RRC) signaling, medium access control element (MAC CE) signaling and/or downlink control information (DCI).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE medium access control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the at least two N TA, offsets are two N TA, offsets as an example.
  • the two N TA, offsets may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the terminal may receive a first RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the first N TA, offset .
  • the terminal may use the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to send uplink data.
  • the terminal may receive a first RRC signaling, which indicates the first N TA, offset , indicates that the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the first RRC signaling indicates the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and the time domain range in which the first scenario is effective.
  • the terminal may determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first RRC signaling. And use the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to send uplink data.
  • the terminal may receive a second RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the second N TA, offset .
  • the terminal may use the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to send uplink data.
  • the terminal may receive a second RRC signaling, which indicates the second N TA, offset , indicates that the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the second RRC signaling indicates the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and the time domain range in which the second scenario is effective.
  • the terminal may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the second RRC signaling. And use the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to send uplink data.
  • the second RRC signaling may be n-timing advance offset (n-TimingAdvanceOffset) signaling.
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling mentioned above may be the same RRC signaling.
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling.
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling are different RRC signalings.
  • the first RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling.
  • the second RRC signaling may be n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.
  • one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement
  • the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the configuration information indicates two N TA,offset , which may include: N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal may determine, based on the received first configuration information, N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device can be determined by configuration information or predefined rules.
  • the terminal can determine the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device based on rate matching resource (RMR) signaling, and apply the corresponding N TA, offset within the corresponding time domain range.
  • RMR rate matching resource
  • the terminal may determine at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • N TA offset corresponding to a first scenario
  • N TA offset corresponding to a second scenario
  • the terminal determines N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined first scenario and N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined second scenario according to the first predefined rule.
  • the first predefined rule can predefine N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on different usage scenarios. So that the terminal can determine N TA, offset corresponding to different scenarios based on the first predefined rule, and use N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the corresponding scenario.
  • the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the first N TA, offset .
  • the first predefined rule may predefine the first N TA, offset , and the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario.
  • the terminal may determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first predefined rule. So that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the second N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the second N TA, offset .
  • the first predefined rule may predefine the second N TA, offset , and the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario.
  • the terminal may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule. So that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the second N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement
  • the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the time domain range of the quantity may be determined by signaling indication or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window. Please refer to the description of the corresponding subsequent embodiments, and the present disclosure will not go into details.
  • the first predefined rule defines two N TA, offset , it may include: N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal may determine, according to the first predefined rule, N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal may determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.
  • the terminal may first determine whether the first configuration information is received. In the case where the terminal receives the first configuration information, at least two time advances may be determined based on the first configuration information. If the terminal does not receive the first configuration information within the first preset time, the terminal may determine at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule. Alternatively, the first configuration information received by the terminal only indicates one or more of the at least two time advances, that is, the first configuration information does not indicate all of the at least two time advances. The terminal may determine the time advance not indicated in the first configuration information based on the first predefined rule.
  • the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the terminal can determine the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset based on the first configuration information. For example, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling are received, the first RRC signaling is used to indicate the first N TA, offset , and the second RRC signaling is used to indicate the second N TA, offset . Among them, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling can be the same RRC signaling or different RRC signaling. In other cases, if the terminal does not receive the first configuration information within the first preset time, the terminal can determine the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset based on the first preset rule.
  • the first preset rule predefines the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario and the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the terminal can determine the N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on the first preset rule.
  • the first configuration information may indicate only one of the first N TA, offset and the second N TA , offset .
  • the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset are indicated by different RRC signalings.
  • the terminal may receive only one RRC signaling.
  • the terminal only receives the first RRC signaling or the second RRC signaling.
  • the terminal may determine the N TA, offset indicated by the RRC signaling based on the received RRC signaling.
  • the terminal may further determine another unindicated N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule. Assuming that the terminal receives the first RRC signaling, A first N TA,offset corresponding to the first scenario is determined based on the first RRC signaling. Meanwhile, a second N TA,offset corresponding to the second scenario is predefined in the first predefined rule, and the terminal can determine the second N TA,offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule.
  • the terminal receives the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling within the first preset time, and determines the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.
  • the second scenario is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal can also determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first predefined rule.
  • the first scenario can be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement.
  • the terminal determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first configuration information, which may be executed when the terminal receives the first configuration information, or at a certain time point after the terminal receives the first configuration information.
  • the terminal determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule, which may be executed when the terminal is in the corresponding scenario, or the terminal determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule at a certain time point in advance, so as to further determine the uplink time unit boundary according to the determined N TA, offset when the terminal is in the corresponding scenario, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the first preset time mentioned above can be a time period for the terminal to determine whether the first configuration information is received.
  • a first preset time is pre-set for the terminal to determine whether the first configuration information is received within the time period, or all of at least two N TA, offsets are determined based on the first configuration information.
  • the start time of the first preset time and the duration of the preset first time can be pre-defined, or the start time of the first preset time and the end time of the first preset time can be pre-defined.
  • the terminal When the terminal is within the time domain range corresponding to the first preset time, if the first configuration information is not received, or all of at least two N TA, offsets are not determined based on the first configuration information, the terminal can further determine the remaining undetermined N TA, offset through the first predefined rule.
  • the first preset time may be defined based on an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • first preset time can be set arbitrarily according to actual conditions, and the present disclosure does not limit it.
  • the first configuration information may be any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the terminal can jointly determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two timing advances so that the terminal can use appropriate timing advances in corresponding situations.
  • the uplink time unit boundary is determined by an appropriate time advance, and uplink data is sent. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by network devices before and after uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG8 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG8 , the method may further include the following steps:
  • step S21 a first time window is determined.
  • the at least two timing advances may include a first timing advance.
  • the terminal may further determine a first time window, wherein the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance.
  • the terminal receives configuration information sent by the network device, and the configuration information may indicate the first time window.
  • the terminal determines the first time window based on the configuration information.
  • the configuration information can directly indicate the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal can use the time window for performing interference measurement as the first time window, and the terminal can perform subsequent S22 within the time window.
  • the configuration information can also directly indicate the time window for applying the first time advance, and the terminal performs S22 within the time window.
  • the time window for applying the first time advance can be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and it may not be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and the present disclosure does not limit it.
  • the configuration information received by the terminal may include one or more parameters such as the configuration period of the first time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the first time window.
  • the terminal may determine the first time window based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols in the configuration information.
  • the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the time window for applying the first time advance may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a time window for the network device not to perform interference measurement.
  • the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.
  • the terminal determines the first time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a first time window for applying the first time advance.
  • the second predefined rule predefines which time domains are time windows for the network device to perform interference measurement, or predefines which time domains are first time windows for applying the first time advance.
  • the terminal can determine the first time window based on the second predefined rule. Determine the first time window.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine N continuous time units and a time unit offset.
  • the time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, within the same frame, time slot 0 to time slot 9 is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on.
  • time unit offset is 2, within the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window, time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.
  • the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the first N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the first N TA,offset and the first time window.
  • the first time window can be a time window when the network device performs interference measurement, and set the terminal to use the first time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the first time window.
  • the first time advance is the time advance used by the terminal when the network device performs interference measurement.
  • the first time advance can be set to be less than or equal to 0, such as shown in Figure 6.
  • the serving cell network device can receive the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby avoiding ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device.
  • Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances in S12 may further include the following steps:
  • step S22 within the first time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the first timing advance.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first timing advance within the first time window determined in S21.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window in which the network device performs interference measurement. And/or, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window in which the first time advance is applied.
  • the terminal can determine the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and can pre-set the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement to correspond to the first time advance. Then the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement.
  • the first time advance can be a time advance corresponding to the time window dedicated to the network device for performing interference measurement.
  • the terminal can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance in the time window.
  • the uplink data is sent at the uplink time unit boundary.
  • This situation may be a scenario where the terminal directly determines the time window for applying the first time advance, and the time window for applying the first time advance may be related to or unrelated to the interference measurement performed by the network device, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG9 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG9 , the method may further include the following steps:
  • step S31 a second time window is determined.
  • the at least two timing advances may include a second timing advance.
  • the terminal may also determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain.
  • the second time window may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and/or the second time window may be a time window in which the second time advance is applied.
  • the terminal receives configuration information sent by the network device, and the configuration information may indicate the second time window.
  • the terminal determines the second time window based on the configuration information.
  • the terminal can directly determine the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement through configuration information.
  • the terminal can use the time window in which no interference measurement is performed as the second time window, and can perform subsequent S32 within the time window.
  • the terminal can also directly determine the time window for applying the second time advance through configuration information, and perform S32 within the time window.
  • the terminal can also determine the first time window through configuration information, and implicitly indicate the second time window. That is, except for the first time window, all can be considered as the second time window.
  • the time window for applying the second time advance can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the configuration information received by the terminal may include one or more parameters such as the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the number of continuous time slots or symbols in the second time window.
  • the terminal may determine the second time window based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the number of continuous time slots or symbols in the configuration information.
  • the second time window may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or the second time window may be a time window in which the second time advance is applied, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the time window in which the second time advance is applied may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or the time window in which the network device performs interference measurement. time window.
  • the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.
  • the terminal determines the second time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a second time window in which the second time advance is applied.
  • which time domains are predefined as time windows in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or which time domains are predefined as second time windows in which the second time advance is applied.
  • the terminal can determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine M continuous time units and a time unit offset.
  • the time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a continuous duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, time slot 0 to time slot 9 in the same frame is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on.
  • time unit offset is 2
  • time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window
  • time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.
  • the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the second N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the second N TA,offset and the second time window.
  • the terminal may determine a first time window and use a time window other than the first time window as a second time window.
  • the manner of determining the first time window may refer to the corresponding description in S21, and will not be described in detail in this disclosure.
  • the terminal is set to use the second time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the second time window.
  • the second time advance is the time advance used by the terminal when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the second time advance can be set to be greater than or equal to 0.
  • the network device is reserved for uplink and downlink conversion time, which can reduce the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion, reduce the situation where the occupied symbols cannot communicate, increase the number of available symbols, and thus improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the second time advance is equal to 0, it can be configured to be the same as the first time advance, that is, only one time advance is configured, reducing the communication overhead generated by configuring the time advance.
  • Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances in S12 may further include the following steps:
  • step S32 within the second time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the second timing advance.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second timing advance within the second time window determined in S31.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And/or, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the second time advance is applied. And/or, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window other than the first time window.
  • the terminal can determine the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and can pre-set the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement to correspond to the second time advance. Then the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the second time advance can be a time advance corresponding to a time window dedicated to the network device not performing interference measurement.
  • the terminal can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window.
  • This situation can be a scenario where the terminal directly determines the time window for applying the second time advance, and the time window for applying the second time advance may be related to or not related to the network device not performing interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time window based on the second time advance. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window.
  • the corresponding relationship between the second time window and the second time advance can be preset.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the first time window and/or the second time window can be determined by at least one of the following methods: receiving second configuration information, and determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the terminal may receive the second configuration information.
  • the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the received second configuration information.
  • the terminal receives second configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to the received second configuration information. Window.
  • the second configuration information may indicate the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the first time window may correspond to the first N TA, offset
  • the second time window may correspond to the second N TA, offset .
  • the first time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement
  • the second time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the first time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement
  • the second time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the terminal may determine the above-mentioned first time window and/or second time window based on the received second configuration information, so that the terminal may subsequently determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the first time window and/or the second time window, and send uplink data.
  • the present disclosure configures the first N TA, offset associated with the first time window and the second N TA, offset associated with the second time window. It can be ensured that when the first N TA, offset is less than or equal to 0, as shown in FIG6, ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device is avoided in the first time window. And when the second N TA, offset is greater than 0, as shown in FIG7, it can be ensured that the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion is reduced in the second time window, the number of available symbols is increased, and the data transmission efficiency is improved.
  • the second configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.
  • the terminal can receive the RMR configuration sent by the network device, and the terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to the corresponding information indicated in the RMR.
  • RMR can be carried by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.
  • it can be carried by one of the signalings among RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI, or by multiple signalings.
  • part of the time window is indicated by RRC signaling, and then one or more of the multiple time windows indicated by RRC are activated by DCI, thereby determining the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, and send uplink data.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information indicates a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and the terminal may use the time window as the first time window.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information indicates a time window for applying the first time advance, and the terminal may use the time window as the first time window.
  • the second configuration information configures one or more parameters such as a configuration period of the first time window, a measurement time slot offset or a measurement symbol offset, and a continuous time slot or symbol number of the first time window.
  • the terminal may determine the first time window based on one or more parameters such as a configuration period, a measurement time slot offset or a measurement symbol offset, and a continuous time slot or symbol number in the configuration information.
  • the second configuration information may include parameters related to the first time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, and the like.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, which is used to indicate the second time window.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, which indicates a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the terminal may use the time window as the second time window.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, which indicates a time window in which the second time advance is applied, and the terminal may use the time window as the second time window.
  • the terminal may receive second configuration information, which indicates the first time window, and the terminal may use all time windows other than the first time window as the second time window.
  • the second configuration information configures one or more of the parameters such as the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the second time window.
  • the terminal may determine the second time window based on the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols, and the one or more parameters in the configuration information.
  • the second configuration information may include parameters related to the second time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the second time window, the number of continuous time slots in the second time window, the number of continuous frames in the second time window, the number of continuous subframes in the second time window, and the like.
  • the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule predefines the first time window and/or the second time window, such as predefines the first time window using the first N TA, offset , and/or the second time window using the second N TA, offset .
  • the first time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement
  • the second time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the first time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement
  • the second time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to the predefined second predefined rule, so that the terminal subsequently determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, and sends uplink data.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine N continuous time units and/or M time units, wherein the time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window and 5 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine the start time slot and duration of each time window, or the start time slot and end time slot of each time window. For example, within the same frame, Slot 0 to slot 9 is a first time window, slot 10 to slot 14 is a second time window, etc.
  • the second predefined rule can also define an offset parameter of the time window. Assuming the offset parameter is 2, in the same frame, slot 2 to slot 11 is a first time window, slot 12 to slot 16 is a second time window, etc.
  • the window index associated with the first N TA, offset may be predefined, and/or the window index associated with the second N TA, offset may be predefined, thereby indicating the association between the first N TA , offset and the first time window, and/or indicating the association between the second N TA, offset and the second time window.
  • the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.
  • the terminal may first determine whether the second configuration information is received. In the case where the terminal receives the second configuration information, the first time window and/or the second time window may be determined based on the second configuration information. If the terminal does not receive the second configuration information within the second preset time, the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule. Alternatively, the second configuration information received by the terminal only indicates the first time window or the second time window, that is, the second configuration information does not indicate all of at least two time windows. The terminal may determine the time window not indicated in the second configuration information based on the second predefined rule.
  • the two time windows may include a first time window and a second time window.
  • the terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second configuration information. In other cases, if the terminal does not receive the second configuration information within the second preset time, the terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second preset rule.
  • the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the first N TA, offset ; and, the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device not to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the second N TA, offset , or predefines the first time window and implicitly indicates the second time window (that is, all time windows other than the first time window are the second time window).
  • the terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second preset rule.
  • the second configuration information may indicate only one of the first time window and the second time window.
  • the terminal may determine the time window indicated by the second configuration information based on the received second configuration information.
  • the terminal may further determine another unindicated time window based on the second predefined rule. Assuming that the terminal receives the second configuration information and determines the first time window based on the second configuration information.
  • the second time window is predefined in the second predefined rule, the terminal may determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the terminal receives the RMR configuration within the second preset time and determines the first time window or the second time window based on the RMR configuration.
  • the second predefined rule predefines the time window that is not determined in the first time window and the second time window, and the terminal can also determine the time window not indicated in the second configuration information based on the second predefined rule.
  • one of the first time window and the second time window may be a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal determines at least two time windows based on the second configuration information, which may be performed when the terminal receives the second configuration information, or at a certain time point after the terminal receives the second configuration information.
  • the terminal determines at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule, which may be the terminal determining at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule at any time point, which is not limited in this disclosure.
  • the second preset time mentioned above can be a time period for the terminal to determine whether the second configuration information is received.
  • a second preset time is pre-set for the terminal to determine whether the second configuration information is received within the time period, or all of at least two time windows are determined based on the second configuration information.
  • the start time of the second preset time and the duration of the second preset time can be pre-defined, or the start time of the preset second time and the end time of the second preset time can be pre-defined.
  • the terminal When the terminal is within the time domain range corresponding to the second preset time, if the second configuration information is not received, or all of at least two time windows are not determined based on the second configuration information, the terminal can further determine the remaining undetermined time advance through a second predefined rule.
  • the second preset time may be defined based on an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the second configuration information may be any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the terminal can jointly determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in the first time unit after the first time window and/or in the last time unit within the first time window.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or uplink signals.
  • the network device may occupy the first time unit after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot, when performing uplink/downlink conversion.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  • the uplink signal may be a sounding reference signal (SRS).
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.
  • the network device may occupy the last time unit before the uplink/downlink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • the "not expecting" involved in the present disclosure means not paying attention to whether the event described later occurs. For example, if the terminal does not expect to receive information A, it means that the terminal does not care whether information A can be received. In other words, the other end may not send information A, and the terminal will not be able to receive information A. Alternatively, the other end may still send information A, but the terminal may choose to ignore information A, or discard or mark information A as invalid after receiving it. Of course, the present disclosure does not limit the specific implementation process.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in a plurality of adjacent time units after the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy multiple adjacent time units after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in these multiple time units.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal during the last multiple time units within the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • the present invention avoids the problem of network devices performing It can solve the data transmission failure caused by uplink and downlink switching and improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the network device may occupy the first time unit after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot.
  • the network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal in this time unit.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the downlink signal may be a CSI-RS.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the network device may occupy the last time unit before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot, when performing uplink/downlink conversion.
  • the network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal in this time unit.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during a plurality of time units after the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy multiple time units after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots.
  • the network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in this time unit.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during the last plurality of time units within the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots, for uplink/downlink conversion.
  • the network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in these time units.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • the present disclosure improves data transmission efficiency by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units to avoid data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to 0.
  • the first timing advance may be less than or equal to zero.
  • the first N TA, offset is less than 0.
  • the first N TA, offset is equal to 0.
  • the uplink time unit boundary determined by the terminal of the serving cell based on the first N TA, offset can be the same as the reference time. This allows the network equipment of the serving cell to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell within the CP duration. This avoids ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell.
  • the network device may occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching when performing uplink and downlink switching, and the network device cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the network device.
  • the terminal also needs to perform uplink and downlink switching, and when the terminal adopts the first NTA,offset , the uplink and downlink switching will also occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. And the terminal cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the terminal.
  • the terminal and the network device unavailable symbol may be configured as the same symbol, that is, a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device is the same symbol as a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the terminal.
  • a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching that the terminal expects to be occupied by can be configured to be the same symbol as a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching.
  • the terminal may be configured not to expect a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching to be occupied by the uplink and downlink switching, which is different from a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for the uplink and downlink switching.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance so that the terminal uses an appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second timing advance may be greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second N TA, offset is greater than 0.
  • the second N TA, offset is equal to 0.
  • the second N TA,offset when the second N TA,offset is equal to 0, it can be considered that the second N TA,offset can be the same as the first N TA,offset . Therefore, only one timing advance value may be configured, thereby reducing resource consumption and signaling overhead caused by configuring multiple timing advance values.
  • the second N TA, offset may be the same as N TA, offset in the TDD scenario in the conventional scheme.
  • the terminal determines the boundary of the uplink time unit for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset .
  • the starting position corresponding to the first uplink (UL) symbol. The starting position is the position indicated by the uplink data sending time in FIG7 .
  • T TA, offset shown in FIG7 represents the specific advance duration determined based on N TA, offset .
  • T TA, offset is equal to N TA
  • offset T c is the basic amount of time.
  • the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7 represents the delay between the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for the terminal to send uplink data.
  • the delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset .
  • the scenario used by the second NTA, offset is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement
  • the network device can use this time period for uplink and downlink switching, and does not need to occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching and improves uplink transmission performance.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the present disclosure also provides a communication method applied to a network device.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method may be executed by a network device, and the method may include the following steps:
  • step S41 at least two timing advances are determined.
  • the network device may determine at least two timing advances. For example, different timing advances may be applicable to different conditions associated with interference measurement performed by the network device, or different timing advances may be applicable to pre-configured specified scenarios, which are not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device may determine at least two cell-level TA information. For example, there may be two N TA, offsets . Different N TA, offsets are applicable to different conditions. For example, different conditions may be related to the network device performing interference measurement. Then one N TA, offset may be related to the network device performing interference measurement, and another N TA, offset may be related to the network device not performing interference measurement.
  • the network device may directly configure at least two N TA, offsets .
  • the configured at least two N TA, offsets may be used in different scenarios.
  • the at least two N TA, offsets include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset can be applied to the first scenario.
  • the network device can configure the first N TA, offset and use the first N TA, offset as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario, so that the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the network device configures the first N TA, offset , configures the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the network device can determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario based on the configuration. So that the terminal uses the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the second N TA, offset can be applied to the second scenario.
  • the network device can configure the second N TA, offset .
  • the second N TA, offset is used as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario, so that the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the network device is configured with the second N TA, offset , and the second N TA, offset is configured to correspond to the second scenario, and the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario is configured.
  • the network device can determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario based on the configuration. So that the terminal uses the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the network device may determine at least two N TA, offsets according to predefined rules.
  • at least two N TA, offsets may be predefined in the predefined rules. For example, based on different usage scenarios, corresponding N TA, offsets are predefined respectively.
  • N TA, offsets corresponding to each scenario in at least two application scenarios are predefined.
  • at least two N TA, offsets include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset may be applied to the first scenario
  • the second N TA, offset may be applied to the second scenario.
  • the network device may determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario and/or determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario according to the predefined rules. So that the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. And/or, determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the first scenario and the second scenario are different application scenarios.
  • the time domain range for the network device to perform interference measurement can be determined by signaling instructions or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window. Please refer to the description of the subsequent corresponding embodiments, and this disclosure will not repeat it.
  • one of the first scenario and the second scenario mentioned above may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • step S42 an uplink time unit boundary is determined according to at least two timing advances.
  • the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances determined in S41.
  • the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary using one of the at least two NTA,offsets determined in S41 based on the current time domain range of the network device.
  • the current time domain range of the network device may be related to whether the network device performs interference measurement. Different time domain ranges may correspond to different scenarios.
  • the network device determines different N TA, offset and the scenarios corresponding to each N TA, offset based on configuration or predefined rules in S41. Then the network device can select N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario in the corresponding scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the uplink time unit boundary represents the time boundary for receiving uplink data, such as the starting time boundary for a network device to receive uplink data.
  • the uplink time unit boundary can be the boundary of an uplink OFDM symbol or the boundary of an uplink OFDM slot.
  • the “boundary" in the present disclosure can generally be understood as a starting position, such as the starting position of an OFDM symbol, the starting position of an OFDM slot, etc.
  • the uplink time unit boundary can be considered as the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot.
  • the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot can be determined by frame timing.
  • step S43 uplink data is received based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the network device may receive uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary determined in S42, wherein the uplink data may be uplink data sent by a terminal in the same serving cell as the network device.
  • the network device may also receive a reference signal sent by a neighboring cell network device, and the reference signal may be a reference signal used for interference measurement. It is understood that the interference measurement may be a CLI measurement.
  • the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary in S42 according to the at least two determined N TA, offset . And receive the uplink data sent by the service cell terminal based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the network device can use appropriate N TA, offset in different scenarios to determine the uplink time unit boundary in the corresponding scenario. Compared with the fixed use of zero N TA, offset in some schemes, the present disclosure can reduce the number of unusable symbols in the cell.
  • the terminal can also use appropriate N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary, thereby avoiding ISI interference with the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device.
  • the first NTA, offset may be less than Or equal to 0.
  • the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset , and transmits the uplink data based on the above uplink time unit boundary.
  • N TA, offset 0, the time interval between the time when the uplink data arrives at the network device and the time when the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device arrives is equal to T delay .
  • T delay is the transmission time of the reference signal from the neighboring cell network device to the serving cell network device.
  • the distance between the serving cell network device and the neighboring cell network device is relatively close (for example, it can be 500m).
  • T delay is less than the CP duration in the corresponding OFDM symbol. Based on this, it can be ensured that the network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal of the same serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP range, thereby effectively reducing the ISI interference between the signals and improving the data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.
  • the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell can be a reference signal for interference measurement, such as CLI RS.
  • the second N TA, offset may be greater than 0.
  • the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . It can be seen that the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for sending uplink data by the network device have a certain delay, that is, the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7. The delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset .
  • the serving cell network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for receiving uplink data based on the second N TA, offset , so that the uplink time unit is ahead of the downlink time unit by a certain time duration.
  • the network device performs uplink and downlink switching, it can use this time period for uplink and downlink switching, and thus does not need to occupy a certain symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching, and improves the uplink transmission performance.
  • the present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • determining at least two time advances in S41 may include: determining first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two time advances; sending the first configuration information; and/or, based on a first predefined rule, determining at least two time advances.
  • the network device may determine first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances.
  • the network device may send the first configuration information.
  • the network device determines first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances.
  • the network device may also send the first configuration information to the terminal so that the terminal determines at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.
  • the at least two N TA, offsets are two N TA, offsets as an example.
  • the two N TA, offsets may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the network device may determine a first RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the first N TA, offset .
  • the network device may determine the first RRC signaling, and determine that the first N TA, offset is associated with the first scenario for determining the first RRC signaling.
  • the network device may use the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to receive uplink data.
  • the network device may determine the first RRC signaling, which indicates the first N TA, offset , and indicates that the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario, and indicates the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the first RRC signaling indicates the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and the time domain range in which the first scenario is effective.
  • the network device uses the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to receive uplink data.
  • the network device may determine a second RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the second N TA, offset .
  • the network device may determine the second RRC signaling, and determine that the second N TA, offset is associated with the second scenario for determining the second RRC signaling.
  • the network device may use the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to receive uplink data.
  • the network device may determine a second RRC signaling, which indicates the second N TA, offset , and indicates that the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the second RRC signaling indicates the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and the time domain range in which the second scenario is effective.
  • the network device uses the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to receive uplink data.
  • the second RRC signaling may be n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling mentioned above may be the same RRC signaling.
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling.
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling are different RRC signalings.
  • the first RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling.
  • the second RRC signaling may be n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.
  • one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement
  • the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the configuration information indicates two N TA,offset , which may include: N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal may determine, based on the received first configuration information, N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device can be determined by configuration information or predefined rules.
  • the terminal can determine the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device based on rate matching resource (RMR) signaling, and apply the corresponding N TA, offset within the corresponding time domain range.
  • RMR rate matching resource
  • the network device may determine at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • N TA may be predefined, such as N TA, offset corresponding to a first scenario is predefined, and N TA, offset corresponding to a second scenario is predefined.
  • the network device determines N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined first scenario and N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined second scenario according to the first predefined rule.
  • the first predefined rule can predefine N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on different usage scenarios. So that the network device can determine N TA, offset corresponding to different scenarios based on the first predefined rule, and use N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the corresponding scenario.
  • the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the first N TA, offset .
  • the first predefined rule may predefine the first N TA, offset , and the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario.
  • the network device may determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first predefined rule. In this way, the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.
  • the second N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the second N TA, offset .
  • the first predefined rule may predefine the second N TA, offset , and the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario.
  • the network device may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule. In this way, the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the second N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.
  • one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement
  • the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the time domain range of the quantity may be determined by signaling indication or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window. Please refer to the description of the corresponding subsequent embodiments, and the present disclosure will not go into details.
  • the first predefined rule defines two N TA, offset , it may include: N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the terminal may determine, according to the first predefined rule, N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the network device may determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.
  • the network device may first determine the first configuration information. If the network device does not determine the first configuration information, at least two time advances may be determined based on the first predefined rule. Alternatively, the first configuration information only indicates one or more of the at least two time advances, and the network device may determine the time advance not indicated in the first configuration information based on the first predefined rule.
  • the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the network device is configured with a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • a first RRC signaling and a second RRC signaling are determined, the first RRC signaling is used to indicate the first N TA, offset , and the second RRC signaling is used to indicate the second N TA, offset .
  • the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling can be the same RRC signaling or different RRC signaling.
  • the network device can determine the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset based on a first preset rule.
  • the first preset rule predefines the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario and the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario.
  • the network device can determine the N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on the first preset rule.
  • the network device may configure only one of the first N TA, offset and the second N TA , offset. In this case, the network device may further determine another unconfigured N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule. Assume that the network device configures the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario. At the same time, the first predefined rule predefines the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, then the network device may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule.
  • the network device determines the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling and indicates the second NTA,offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling. It can be assumed that the second scenario is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the network device may also determine a first N TA,offset corresponding to a first scenario based on a first predefined rule, wherein the first scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement.
  • the network device determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule, which can be executed when the network device is in the corresponding scenario, or the network device determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule in advance at a certain time point, so that when the network device is in the corresponding scenario, the uplink time unit boundary is further determined according to the determined N TA, offset , which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the first configuration information may be carried through any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device can jointly determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two time advances, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG11 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG11 , the method may further include the following steps:
  • step S51 a first time window is determined.
  • the at least two timing advances may include a first timing advance.
  • the network device may further determine a first time window, wherein the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance.
  • the configuration information determined by the network device may indicate the first time window.
  • the configuration information determined by the network device can directly indicate the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement.
  • the network device can use the time window for performing interference measurement as the first time window, and can perform subsequent S52 within the time window.
  • the configuration information determined by the network device can also directly indicate the time window for applying the first time advance, and perform S52 within the time window.
  • the time window for applying the first time advance can be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or it can not be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and the present disclosure does not limit it.
  • the network device may configure one or more of the following parameters: a configuration period of the first time window, a measurement time slot offset or a measurement symbol offset, a continuous time slot or a symbol number of the first time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or a symbol number, the first time window may be indicated.
  • the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance.
  • the time window for applying the first timing advance may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a time window for the network device not to perform interference measurement.
  • the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.
  • the network device determines the first time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a first time window for applying the first time advance.
  • which time domains are predefined as time windows for the network device to perform interference measurement, or which time domains are predefined as first time windows for applying the first time advance.
  • the network device can determine the first time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine N continuous time units and a time unit offset.
  • the time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, within the same frame, time slot 0 to time slot 9 is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on.
  • time unit offset is 2, within the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window, time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.
  • the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the first N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the first N TA,offset and the first time window.
  • the network device is set to use a first time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the first time window. It can be considered that the first time advance is the time advance used when the network device performs interference measurement. In some cases, the first time advance can be set to be less than or equal to 0, such as shown in Figure 6.
  • the serving cell network device can receive the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration, thereby avoiding ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device.
  • Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances in S42 may further include the following steps:
  • step S52 within the first time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the first timing advance.
  • the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first timing advance within the first time window determined in S51.
  • the network device can measure the interference based on the first time advance within the time window of the network device. Determine an uplink time unit boundary. And/or, the network device may determine an uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within a time window in which the first time advance is applied.
  • the network device can determine the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and can pre-set the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement to correspond to the first time advance. Then the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. It can be understood that this example corresponds to a scenario in which the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement is directly determined.
  • the first time advance can be a time advance corresponding to the time window dedicated to the network device for performing interference measurement.
  • the network device can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the first time window.
  • This situation may be a scenario where the network device directly determines the time window for applying the first time advance, and the time window for applying the first time advance may be related to or unrelated to the interference measurement performed by the network device, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data under corresponding circumstances. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG12 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG12, the method may further include the following steps:
  • step S61 a second time window is determined.
  • the at least two timing advances may include a second timing advance.
  • the network device may further determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain.
  • the second time window may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and/or the second time window may be a time window in which the second time advance is applied.
  • the configuration information determined by the network device may indicate the second time window.
  • the network device can directly determine the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement through configuration information.
  • the network device can use the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement as the second time window, and can perform subsequent S62 within the time window.
  • the network device can also directly determine the time window in which the second time advance is applied through configuration information, and perform S62 within the time window.
  • the network device can also determine the first time window through configuration information, and implicitly Indicates the second time window. That is, except for the first time window, all other time windows can be considered as the second time window.
  • the time window for applying the second time advance can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device configures one or more of the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the second time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols, the second time window can be indicated.
  • the second time window can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or the second time window can be a time window in which the second time advance is applied, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the time window in which the second time advance is applied can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement.
  • the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.
  • the terminal determines the second time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a second time window in which the second time advance is applied.
  • it is predefined which time domains are time windows in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or it is predefined which time domains are second time windows in which the second time advance is applied.
  • the network device can determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule may predefine M continuous time units and a time unit offset.
  • the time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a continuous duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, time slot 0 to time slot 9 in the same frame is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on.
  • time unit offset is 2
  • time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window
  • time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.
  • the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the second N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the second N TA,offset and the second time window.
  • the network device may determine a first time window and use a time window other than the first time window as a second time window.
  • the manner of determining the first time window may refer to the corresponding description in S51, and will not be described in detail in this disclosure.
  • the network device is set to use the second time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the second time window.
  • the second time advance is the time window of the network device.
  • the second time advance can be set to be greater than or equal to 0.
  • the network device is reserved for uplink and downlink conversion time, which can reduce the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion, reduce the situation where the occupied symbols cannot communicate, increase the number of available symbols, and thus improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the second time advance is equal to 0, it can be configured to be the same as the first time advance, that is, only one time advance is configured, reducing the communication overhead generated by configuring the time advance.
  • Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two timing advances in S42 may further include the following steps:
  • step S62 within the second time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the second timing advance.
  • the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second timing advance within the second time window determined in S61.
  • the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And/or, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the second time advance is applied. And/or, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window other than the first time window.
  • the network device may determine a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and may pre-set the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement to correspond to the second time advance.
  • the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the second time advance may be a time advance corresponding to a time window dedicated to the network device not performing interference measurement.
  • the network device can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window.
  • This situation can be a scenario in which the network device directly determines the time window for applying the second time advance, and the time window for applying the second time advance may be related to or unrelated to the network device not performing interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time window based on the second time advance. And receive the uplink data and reference signal using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window.
  • the corresponding relationship between the second time window and the second time advance can be preset.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation.
  • the number of symbols occupied before and after the uplink and downlink switching is exchanged, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the first time window and/or the second time window may be determined by at least one of the following methods: determining second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; sending the second configuration information. And/or, based on a second predefined rule, determining the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the network device may determine the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the network device may send the second configuration information.
  • the network device determines the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the network device may send the second configuration information to the terminal so that the terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information may indicate the first time window and/or the second time window.
  • the first time window may correspond to the first N TA, offset
  • the second time window may correspond to the second N TA, offset .
  • the first time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement
  • the second time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the first time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement
  • the second time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device may determine the above-mentioned first time window and/or second time window according to the second configuration information, so as to subsequently determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset in the first time window and/or the second time window, and receive uplink data.
  • the present disclosure configures the first N TA, offset associated with the first time window and the second N TA, offset associated with the second time window. It can be ensured that when the first N TA, offset is less than or equal to 0, as shown in FIG6, ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device is avoided in the first time window. And when the second N TA, offset is greater than 0, as shown in FIG7, it can be ensured that the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion is reduced in the second time window, the number of available symbols is increased, and the data transmission efficiency is improved.
  • the second configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.
  • the network device may indicate the first time window and/or the second time window by configuring the RMR and indicating the corresponding information in the RMR.
  • the RMR may be carried by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.
  • it may be carried by one of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI, or by multiple signaling.
  • a partial time window may be indicated by RRC signaling, and then one or more of the multiple time windows indicated by RRC may be activated by DCI.
  • the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, and send uplink data.
  • the network device may configure second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window.
  • the second configuration information indicates a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the network device may use the time window as the first time window.
  • the second configuration information indicates a time window in which the first time advance is applied, and the network device may use the time window as the first time window.
  • the second configuration information configures one or more of the parameters such as the configuration period of the first time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the first time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols in the configuration information, the first time window can be indicated.
  • the second configuration information may include parameters related to the first time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, and the like.
  • the network device may configure second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the second time window.
  • the second configuration information indicates a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the network device may use the time window as the second time window.
  • the second configuration information indicates a time window in which the second time advance is applied, and the network device may use the time window as the second time window.
  • the second configuration information indicates the first time window, and the network device may use all time windows other than the first time window as the second time window.
  • the second configuration information configures one or more of the parameters such as the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the second time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols in the configuration information, the second time window can be indicated.
  • the second configuration information may include parameters related to the second time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the second time window, the number of continuous time slots in the second time window, the number of continuous frames in the second time window, the number of continuous subframes in the second time window, and the like.
  • the network device may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the second predefined rule predefines the first time window and/or the second time window, such as predefines the first time window using the first N TA, offset , and/or the second time window using the second N TA, offset .
  • the first time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement
  • the second time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the first time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement
  • the second time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to a predefined second predefined rule, so that subsequently, within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, the uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the corresponding NTA,offset , and uplink data is received.
  • the second predefined rule can predefine N continuous time units and/or M time units, where the time unit can be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window. 5 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule can predefine the starting time slot and duration of each time window, or the starting time slot and end time slot of each time window. For example, in the same frame, time slot 0 to time slot 9 is a first time window, time slot 10 to time slot 14 is a second time window, etc.
  • the offset parameter of the time window can also be defined in the second predefined rule. Assuming that the offset parameter is 2, in the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a first time window, time slot 12 to time slot 16 is a second time window, etc.
  • the window index associated with the first N TA, offset may be predefined, and/or the window index associated with the second N TA, offset may be predefined, thereby indicating the association between the first N TA , offset and the first time window, and/or indicating the association between the second N TA, offset and the second time window.
  • the network device may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.
  • the network device may first determine the second configuration information, and determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information. If the network device does not determine the second configuration information, the network device may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second predefined rule. Alternatively, the network device is only configured with the first time window or the second time window, and the network device may determine the time window not indicated in the second configuration information based on the second predefined rule.
  • the two time windows may include a first time window and a second time window.
  • the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the first N TA, offset ; and the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device not to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the second N TA, offset , or predefines the first time window and implicitly indicates the second time window (that is, all time windows other than the first time window are the second time window).
  • the terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second preset rule.
  • the network device may configure only one of the first time window and the second time window. In this case, the network device may further determine another unconfigured time window based on the second predefined rule. Assume that the network device is configured with a first time window. Meanwhile, the second predefined rule predefines a second time window, and the network device can determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • the network device is configured with RMR, and the RMR can indicate the first time window or the second time window.
  • the second predefined rule predefines a time window that is not configured in the first time window and the second time window, and the network device can also determine the unconfigured time window based on the second predefined rule.
  • one of the first time window and the second time window can be a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.
  • the network device determines at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule.
  • the network device may determine at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule at any time point, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the second configuration information may be carried through any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
  • the network device can jointly determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and receive uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal from the terminal is not received in the first time unit after the first time window and/or in the last time unit within the first time window.
  • no uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal is received.
  • the network device may occupy the first time unit after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot, for uplink/downlink conversion.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal in this time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • no uplink channel and/or uplink signal is received from the terminal.
  • the network equipment performing uplink/downlink conversion may occupy the last A time unit, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot.
  • the network device cannot receive the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal in this time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in a plurality of adjacent time units after the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy multiple adjacent time units after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in these multiple time units.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal during the last multiple time units within the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots.
  • the network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.
  • the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH.
  • the uplink signal may be SRS.
  • the present disclosure improves data transmission efficiency by not expecting to send channels and/or signals in specific time units to avoid data transmission failure caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices.
  • no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is scheduled to the terminal.
  • no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.
  • the network device may occupy the first time unit after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot.
  • the network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal to the terminal in this time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.
  • the network device may occupy the last time unit before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot.
  • the network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal to the terminal in the time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during a plurality of time units after the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy multiple time units after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots.
  • the network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in this time unit.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during the last plurality of time units within the first time window.
  • the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots, for uplink/downlink conversion.
  • the network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in these time units.
  • the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH.
  • the downlink signal may be CSI-RS.
  • the present disclosure improves data transmission efficiency by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units to avoid data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to 0.
  • the first timing advance may be less than or equal to zero.
  • the first N TA, offset is less than 0.
  • the first N TA, offset is equal to 0.
  • the uplink time unit boundary determined by the terminal of the serving cell based on the first N TA, offset can be the same as the reference time. This allows the network equipment of the serving cell to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell within the CP duration. This avoids ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell.
  • the network device may occupy a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching when performing uplink and downlink switching, and the network device cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the network device.
  • the terminal also needs to perform uplink and downlink switching, and when the terminal adopts the first NTA,offset , the uplink and downlink switching will also occupy a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching. And the terminal cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the terminal.
  • the terminal and the network device unavailable symbol may be configured as the same symbol, that is, a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device is the same symbol as a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the terminal.
  • a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching that the terminal expects to be occupied by can be configured to be the same symbol as a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching.
  • the terminal may be configured not to expect a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching to be occupied by the uplink and downlink switching, which is different from a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for the uplink and downlink switching.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second timing advance may be greater than or equal to zero.
  • the second N TA, offset is greater than 0.
  • the second N TA, offset is equal to 0.
  • the second N TA,offset when the second N TA,offset is equal to 0, it can be considered that the second N TA,offset can be the same as the first N TA,offset . Therefore, only one timing advance value can be configured, thereby reducing resource consumption and signaling overhead caused by configuring multiple timing advance values.
  • the second N TA, offset may be the same as N TA, offset in the TDD scenario in the conventional scheme.
  • the terminal determines the boundary of the uplink time unit for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset .
  • the starting position corresponding to the first uplink (uplink, UL) symbol. The starting position is the position indicated by the uplink data sending time in FIG7 .
  • T TA, offset shown in FIG7 represents the specific advance duration determined based on N TA, offset .
  • T TA, offset is equal to N TA
  • offset T c is the basic amount of time.
  • the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7 represents the delay between the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for the terminal to send uplink data.
  • the delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset .
  • the scenario used by the second NTA, offset is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement
  • the network device can use this time period to perform uplink and downlink switching, and there is no need to occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching and improves uplink transmission performance.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data, which can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the terminal is a Rel-18 or later version terminal, and the terminal is a terminal supporting the DTDD feature.
  • the terminal performs corresponding CLI measurement reporting at a corresponding time-frequency domain position based on the network device configuration.
  • N TA, offset is a cell-level parameter, and all devices in the same serving cell correspond to the same N TA, offset . Therefore, the present disclosure provides two N TA, offset .
  • Two N TA, offsets may be defined, namely, a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset is applied to the time domain range for the network device to perform CLI measurement
  • the second N TA, offset is applied outside the time domain range for the network device to perform CLI measurement.
  • the second N TA, offset may be configured based on the signaling n-TimingAdvanceOffset. If the signaling n-TimingAdvanceOffset is not configured, it may be determined based on Table 1.
  • offset it can be determined based on the following method:
  • Method 1 The terminal receives RRC configuration signaling and determines the corresponding first N TA, offset .
  • the first N TA, offset is configured based on the cell-level RRC signaling.
  • Method 2 The terminal determines based on a first predefined rule.
  • the first N TA, offset is equal to 0, or the first N TA, offset ⁇ 0.
  • Method 3 The terminal receives RRC signaling and determines the first N TA,offset . If the RRC signaling is not configured, the terminal determines the value of the first N TA,offset based on the first predefined rule of method 2.
  • the terminal may also determine one of the first N TA,offset and the second N TA,offset based on RRC signaling, and determine the other N TA,offset based on a first predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure introduces two N TA,offset , and the terminal applies one of the two N TA,offset in different time domain ranges, which is beneficial to improving data transmission efficiency while ensuring the measurement accuracy of the CLI of the network device.
  • the terminal determines the time domain location where the network device performs CLI measurement between network devices, and the specific method includes:
  • Method 1 The terminal receives configuration signaling, which may be RRC, MAC CE and/or DCI.
  • Determine the time domain location of the CLI measurement which may specifically include: determining the measurement period, the measurement time slot offset, and the symbol where the measurement is located.
  • Method 2 Considering the time-frequency domain location where the network device performs the CLI measurement between network devices, the terminal cannot transmit data. To determine the time-frequency domain location where the terminal cannot transmit data, such time-frequency domain resources can be determined through RMR configuration. The terminal determines the OFDM symbol location where the network device CLI measurement is located based on the resources corresponding to the RMR and the CLI measurement between network devices.
  • the terminal may apply a first N TA,offset on the OFDM symbol where the network device CLI measures; and the terminal may apply a second N TA,offset outside the OFDM symbol range where the network device CLI measures.
  • the terminal does not expect to send PUSCH, PUCCH and/or SRS (i.e., UL OFDM symbol) on the first adjacent UL OFDM symbol after the first N TA, offset , i.e., the symbol corresponding to "X! in FIG13.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • SRS i.e., UL OFDM symbol
  • the alignment method for the boundary corresponding to the DL OFDM symbol is similar, i.e., the terminal does not expect to receive PDCCH, PDSCH and/or CSI-RS (i.e., DL OFDM symbol) on the first adjacent DL OFDM symbol after the first N TA, offset .
  • the present disclosure determines the application time domain range corresponding to two N TA,offsets , which is beneficial to improving data transmission efficiency while ensuring the measurement accuracy of the network device CLI.
  • the terminal determines N TA,offset based on an existing mechanism, the network device receives a corresponding CLI RS signal on a CLI symbol, and abandons receiving uplink data of a corresponding serving cell.
  • the terminal determines the OFDM symbol where the network device CLI is measured. As shown in FIG14, at the OFDM symbol where the network device CLI is measured and the next adjacent OFDM symbol, the terminal does not expect to send PUSCH, PUCCH and/or SRS on the symbol (i.e., UL OFDM symbol), i.e., the symbol corresponding to "X! in FIG14. Of course, in other examples, for the case where the network device sends the CLI reference signal on the DL OFDM symbol, the terminal does not expect to receive PDCCH, PDSCH and/or CSI-RS on the symbol (i.e., DL OFDM symbol).
  • the present disclosure takes into account the implementation of the base station to receive the corresponding CLI RS.
  • the terminal does not expect to transmit data in the OFDM symbol where the CLI RS is located. This can effectively reduce the impact of the standard and improve the CLI measurement accuracy.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a communication device and equipment.
  • the communication device and equipment provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function in order to realize the above functions.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the technical solution of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device 200 is applied to a terminal, and the device 200 may include: a processing module 201, used to determine at least two time advances; the processing module 201 is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances; a sending module 202, used to send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.
  • the present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation, which can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the device 200 also includes: a receiving module 203, used to receive first configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine at least two time advances based on the first configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two time advances, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • At least two time advances include a first time advance; the processing module 201 is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • At least two time advances include a second time advance; the processing module 201 is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the device 200 also includes: a receiving module 203 for receiving second configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.
  • the present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to send channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.
  • the present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance so that the terminal uses an appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device 300 is applied to a network device, and the device 300 may include: a processing module 301, used to determine at least two timing advances; the processing module 301 is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances; a receiving module 302, used to receive uplink data and a reference signal based on the uplink time unit boundary, wherein the reference signal is used for interference detection.
  • the present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the device 300 also includes: the processing module 301 is also used to determine first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two time advance amounts; the sending module 303 is also used to send the first configuration information; and/or the processing module 301 is also used to determine at least two time advance amounts based on a first predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two time advances, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • At least two time advances include a first time advance; the processing module 301 is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.
  • the present invention determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate
  • the time advance of the uplink time unit is used to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by network devices before and after uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • At least two time advances include a second time advance; the processing module 301 is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.
  • the present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data under corresponding circumstances. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the device 300 also includes: the processing module 301 is also used to determine second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; the sending module 303 is used to send the second configuration information; and/or the processing module 301 is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.
  • the present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and receive uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal of the terminal is not received at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window.
  • the present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to send channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.
  • the present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.
  • the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.
  • the present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the network device can use an appropriate time advance to determine The uplink time unit boundary is detected and uplink data is received. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by network devices before and after uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device 400 may be any terminal such as a mobile phone, a computer, a digital broadcast terminal, a message transceiver device, a game console, a tablet device, a medical device, a fitness device, a personal digital assistant, etc.
  • device 400 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 402 , a memory 404 , a power component 406 , a multimedia component 408 , an audio component 410 , an input/output (I/O) interface 412 , a sensor component 414 , and a communication component 416 .
  • a processing component 402 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 402 , a memory 404 , a power component 406 , a multimedia component 408 , an audio component 410 , an input/output (I/O) interface 412 , a sensor component 414 , and a communication component 416 .
  • a processing component 402 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 402 , a memory 404 , a power component 406 , a multimedia component 408 , an audio component 410 , an input/output (I/O) interface 412 , a sensor component 414 , and a communication component
  • the processing component 402 generally controls the overall operation of the device 400, such as operations associated with display, phone calls, data communications, camera operations, and recording operations.
  • the processing component 402 may include one or more processors 420 to execute instructions to complete all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned method.
  • the processing component 402 may include one or more modules to facilitate the interaction between the processing component 402 and other components.
  • the processing component 402 may include a multimedia module to facilitate the interaction between the multimedia component 408 and the processing component 402.
  • the memory 404 is configured to store various types of data to support operations on the device 400. Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the device 400, contact data, phone book data, messages, pictures, videos, etc.
  • the memory 404 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • magnetic memory flash memory
  • flash memory magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • the power component 406 provides power to the various components of the device 400.
  • the power component 406 may include a power management system, one or more power supplies, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power for the device 400.
  • the multimedia component 408 includes a screen that provides an output interface between the device 400 and the user.
  • the screen may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a touch panel (TP). If the screen includes a touch panel, the screen may be implemented as a touch screen to receive input signals from the user.
  • the touch panel includes one or more touch sensors to sense touch, slide, and gestures on the touch panel. The touch sensor may not only sense the boundaries of the touch or slide action, but also detect the duration and pressure associated with the touch or slide operation.
  • the multimedia component 408 includes a front camera and/or a rear camera. When the device 400 is in an operating mode, such as a shooting mode or a video mode, the front camera and/or the rear camera may receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and the rear camera may be a fixed optical lens system or have a focal length and optical zoom capability.
  • the audio component 410 is configured to output and/or input audio signals.
  • the audio component 410 includes a microphone (MIC), and when the device 400 is in an operating mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a speech recognition mode, the microphone is configured to receive an external audio signal.
  • the received audio signal can be further stored in the memory 404 or sent via the communication component 416.
  • the audio component 410 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.
  • I/O interface 412 provides an interface between processing component 402 and peripheral interface modules, such as keyboards, click wheels, buttons, etc. These buttons may include but are not limited to: a home button, a volume button, a start button, and a lock button.
  • the sensor assembly 414 includes one or more sensors for providing various aspects of status assessment for the device 400.
  • the sensor assembly 414 can detect the open/closed state of the device 400, the relative positioning of components, such as the display and keypad of the device 400, and the sensor assembly 414 can also detect the position change of the device 400 or a component of the device 400, the presence or absence of user contact with the device 400, the orientation or acceleration/deceleration of the device 400, and the temperature change of the device 400.
  • the sensor assembly 414 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of nearby objects without any physical contact.
  • the sensor assembly 414 may also include an optical sensor, such as a CMOS or CCD image sensor, for use in imaging applications.
  • the sensor assembly 414 may also include an accelerometer, a gyroscope sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor, or a temperature sensor.
  • the communication component 416 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communication between the device 400 and other devices.
  • the device 400 can access a wireless network based on a communication standard, such as WiFi, 2G or 3G, or a combination thereof.
  • the communication component 416 receives a broadcast signal or broadcast-related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel.
  • the communication component 416 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication.
  • the NFC module can be implemented based on radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, infrared data association (IrDA) technology, ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • IrDA infrared data association
  • UWB ultra-wideband
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • the device 400 may be implemented by one or more application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other electronic components to perform the above methods.
  • ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • DSPDs digital signal processing devices
  • PLDs programmable logic devices
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • controllers microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other electronic components to perform the above methods.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium including instructions is also provided, such as a memory 404 including instructions, which can be executed by a processor 420 of the device 400 to perform the above method.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can be a ROM, a random access memory (RAM), a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, an optical data storage device, etc.
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • device 500 may be provided as a base station or a server.
  • device 500 includes a processing component 522, which further includes one or more processors, and a memory resource represented by a memory 532 for storing data that can be executed by the processing component 522.
  • the application stored in the memory 532 may include one or more modules, each corresponding to a set of instructions.
  • the processing component 522 is configured to execute instructions to perform the above method.
  • the device 500 may also include a power supply component 526 configured to perform power management of the device 500, a wired or wireless network interface 550 configured to connect the device 500 to a network, and an input/output (I/O) interface 558.
  • the device 500 may operate based on an operating system stored in the memory 532, such as Windows ServerTM, Mac OS XTM, UnixTM, LinuxTM, FreeBSDTM, or the like.
  • the present disclosure configures two N TA, offsets and designs rules to determine the application time domain ranges of the two N TA, offsets , and uses corresponding N TA, offsets to send uplink data in different time domain ranges, thereby improving uplink transmission performance as much as possible while ensuring CLI measurement accuracy.
  • plural refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar thereto.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B may represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the singular forms “a”, “the” and “the” are also intended to include plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates other meanings.
  • first, second, etc. are used to describe various information, but such information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other, and do not indicate a specific order or degree of importance. In fact, the expressions “first”, “second”, etc. can be used interchangeably.
  • the first information can also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information can also be referred to as the first information.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to a communication method, apparatus and device, and a storage medium. The method comprises: determining at least two timing advances; determining an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances; and sending uplink data on the basis of the uplink time unit boundary. A plurality of different timing advances are configured for a terminal, so that the terminal can determine an uplink time unit boundary by using an appropriate timing advance under a corresponding condition and send uplink data. Therefore, the number of symbols before and after uplink and downlink switching occupied by a network device during the uplink and downlink switching can be reduced, thereby increasing the number of available symbols, and improving the uplink transmission performance.

Description

一种通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质A communication method, device, equipment and storage medium 技术领域Technical Field

本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium.

背景技术Background Art

在相关技术中,动态时分双工(dynamic time division duplex,DTDD)的场景中,为了提升对应上行通信性能。在时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)配置中,对应上行(uplink,UL)传输时隙所占比重对应增加。DTDD可以称为动态TDD,即可以动态调整TDD配置中的UL传输时隙和下行(downlink,DL)传输时隙各自所占比重。假设服务小区与邻小区对各自小区TDD结构进行了不同的动态调整,将会导致各自小区的TDD结构不一致,比如两个小区的传输方向上不一致,进而造成严重的干扰。In the related art, in the scenario of dynamic time division duplex (DTDD), in order to improve the corresponding uplink communication performance. In the time division duplex (TDD) configuration, the proportion of the corresponding uplink (UL) transmission time slot increases accordingly. DTDD can be called dynamic TDD, that is, the proportion of the UL transmission time slot and the downlink (DL) transmission time slot in the TDD configuration can be dynamically adjusted. Assuming that the serving cell and the neighboring cell have made different dynamic adjustments to the TDD structures of their respective cells, the TDD structures of their respective cells will be inconsistent, such as the transmission directions of the two cells are inconsistent, which will cause serious interference.

为了测量相邻两个小区的多个网络设备之间的干扰情况,可以采用网络设备发送参考信号的方式测量相应的干扰。由于参考信号只占用一部分的频域资源,为了提升资源利用效率,网络设备可以在同一时间接收来自同一个服务小区的终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。对于服务小区的网络设备,则会同时接收参考信号和上行数据,并造成严重的符号间干扰(intern symbol interference,ISI)。In order to measure the interference between multiple network devices in two adjacent cells, the corresponding interference can be measured by sending reference signals by the network devices. Since the reference signal only occupies a part of the frequency domain resources, in order to improve resource utilization efficiency, the network device can receive uplink data sent by the terminal in the same service cell and the reference signal sent by the network device in the adjacent cell at the same time. For the network device in the service cell, the reference signal and the uplink data will be received at the same time, causing serious inter-symbol interference (ISI).

发明内容Summary of the invention

为克服相关技术中存在的问题,本公开提供一种通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质。In order to overcome the problems existing in the related art, the present disclosure provides a communication method, an apparatus, a device and a storage medium.

根据本公开实施例的第一方面,提供一种通信方法,方法由终端执行,包括:确定至少两个时间提前量;根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;基于上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication method is provided, which is executed by a terminal and includes: determining at least two time advances; determining an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and sending uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,采用以下至少一种方式确定:接收第一配置信息,基于第一配置信息确定至少两个时间提前量;基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some implementations, at least two timing advances are determined in at least one of the following ways: receiving first configuration information, and determining at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information; and determining at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第一时间提前量;方法还包括:确定第一时间窗,其中,第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗;根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a first time advance; the method also includes: determining a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances, including: within the first time window, determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第二时间提前量;方法还包括:确 定第二时间窗,其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two timing advances include: a second timing advance; the method further includes: determining Determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; determine an uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances, including: within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗通过以下至少一种方式确定:接收第二配置信息,基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the first time window and/or the second time window is determined by at least one of the following methods: receiving second configuration information, and determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In some implementations, the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.

在一些实施方式中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In some implementations, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.

根据本公开实施例的第二方面,提供一种通信方法,方法由网络设备执行,包括:确定至少两个时间提前量;根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;基于上行时间单元边界接收上行数据。According to a second aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication method is provided, which is executed by a network device and includes: determining at least two time advances; determining an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and receiving uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.

在一些实施方式中,确定至少两个时间提前量,包括:确定第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量;发送第一配置信息;和/或,基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, determining at least two timing advances includes: determining first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances; sending the first configuration information; and/or, determining at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第一时间提前量;方法还包括:确定第一时间窗,其中,第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗;根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a first time advance; the method also includes: determining a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances, including: within the first time window, determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第二时间提前量;方法还包括:确定第二时间窗,其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a second time advance; the method also includes: determining a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances, including: within the second time window, determining the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗通过以下方式确定:确定第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;发送第二配置信息;和/或,In some embodiments, the first time window and/or the second time window is determined by: determining second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; sending the second configuration information; and/or,

基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。Based on the second predefined rule, the first time window and/or the second time window is determined.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。 In some implementations, an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal from the terminal is not received at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In some implementations, the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.

在一些实施方式中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In some implementations, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.

根据本公开实施例的第三方面,提供一种通信装置,装置可以包括:处理模块,用于确定至少两个时间提前量;处理模块还用于,根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;发送模块,用于基于上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。According to the third aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication device is provided, which may include: a processing module for determining at least two time advances; the processing module is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and a sending module for sending uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.

在一些实施方式中,装置还包括:接收模块,用于接收第一配置信息;处理模块还用于,基于第一配置信息确定至少两个时间提前量;处理模块还用于,基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the device further includes: a receiving module for receiving first configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine at least two time advances based on the first configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第一时间提前量;处理模块还用于:确定第一时间窗,其中,第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗;在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a first time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第二时间提前量;处理模块还用于:确定第二时间窗,其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a second time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.

在一些实施方式中,装置还包括:接收模块,用于接收第二配置信息;处理模块还用于,基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;处理模块还用于,基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the device also includes: a receiving module for receiving second configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; the processing module is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In some implementations, the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.

在一些实施方式中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In some implementations, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.

根据本公开实施例的第四方面,提供一种通信装置,装置包括:处理模块,用于确定至少两个时间提前量;处理模块还用于,根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;接收模块,用于基于上行时间单元边界接收上行数据。According to the fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processing module for determining at least two time advances; the processing module is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary based on the at least two time advances; and a receiving module for receiving uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.

在一些实施方式中,装置还包括:处理模块还用于,确定第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量;发送模块还用于,发送第一配置信息;和/或,处理模块 还用于,基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the apparatus further includes: the processing module is further used to determine first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances; the sending module is further used to send the first configuration information; and/or the processing module The method is further configured to determine, based on a first predefined rule, at least two timing advances.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第一时间提前量;处理模块还用于:确定第一时间窗,其中,第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗;在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a first time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量,包括:第二时间提前量;处理模块还用于:确定第二时间窗,其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include: a second time advance; the processing module is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.

在一些实施方式中,装置还包括:处理模块还用于,确定第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;发送模块,用于发送第二配置信息;和/或,处理模块还用于,基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the device also includes: a processing module is also used to determine second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; a sending module is used to send the second configuration information; and/or the processing module is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。In some implementations, an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal from the terminal is not received at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In some implementations, the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.

在一些实施方式中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In some implementations, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.

根据本公开实施例的第五方面,提供一种通信设备,包括:处理器;用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;其中,处理器被配置为:执行第一方面及第一方面中的任意一项方法。According to a fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor; a memory for storing instructions executable by the processor; wherein the processor is configured to: execute the first aspect and any one of the methods in the first aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第六方面,提供一种通信设备,包括:处理器;用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;其中,处理器被配置为:执行第二方面及第二方面中的任意一项方法。According to a sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor; a memory for storing instructions executable by the processor; wherein the processor is configured to: execute the second aspect and any one of the methods in the second aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第七方面,提供一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,当存储介质中的指令由终端的处理器执行时,使得终端能够执行第一方面及第一方面中的任意一项方法。According to the seventh aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a non-temporary computer-readable storage medium is provided. When instructions in the storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the terminal is enabled to execute the first aspect and any one of the methods in the first aspect.

根据本公开实施例的第八方面,提供一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,当存储介质中的指令由网络设备的处理器执行时,使得网络设备能够执行第二方面及第二方面中的任意一项方法。According to an eighth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a non-temporary computer-readable storage medium is provided. When instructions in the storage medium are executed by a processor of a network device, the network device is enabled to execute the second aspect and any one of the methods in the second aspect.

本公开的实施例提供的技术方案可以包括以下有益效果:通过为终端配置多个不同的时间提前量,以使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边 界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure may have the following beneficial effects: by configuring a plurality of different timing advances for a terminal, the terminal can use an appropriate timing advance to determine the uplink time unit edge in a corresponding situation. The uplink data is sent after the uplink and downlink switching. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network equipment before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本公开。It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the present disclosure.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本公开的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本公开的原理。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the present disclosure and, together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the present disclosure.

图1是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种无线通信系统示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system according to an exemplary embodiment.

图2是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种干扰场景示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an interference scenario according to an exemplary embodiment.

图3是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种ISI干扰示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an ISI interference according to an exemplary embodiment.

图4是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种传输符号时序示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a timing sequence of transmission symbols according to an exemplary embodiment.

图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信方法流程图。Fig. 5 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.

图6是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种采用第一时间提前量的上行符号示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of uplink symbols using a first timing advance according to an exemplary embodiment.

图7是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种采用第二时间提前量的上行符号示意图。Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of uplink symbols using a second timing advance according to an exemplary embodiment.

图8是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信方法流程图。Fig. 8 is a flow chart showing another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.

图9是根据一示例性实施例示出的又一种通信方法流程图。Fig. 9 is a flow chart showing yet another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.

图10是根据一示例性实施例示出的再一种通信方法流程图。Fig. 10 is a flow chart of yet another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.

图11是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信方法流程图。Fig. 11 is a flow chart showing another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.

图12是根据一示例性实施例示出的又一种通信方法流程图。Fig. 12 is a flow chart of yet another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment.

图13是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种传输符号时序示意图。Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram showing another timing of transmission symbols according to an exemplary embodiment.

图14是根据一示例性实施例示出的又一种传输符号时序示意图。Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram showing yet another transmission symbol timing according to an exemplary embodiment.

图15是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信装置示意图。Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.

图16是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信装置示意图。Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.

图17是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信设备示意图。Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.

图18是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信设备示意图。Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本公开相一致的所有实施方式。 Here, exemplary embodiments will be described in detail, examples of which are shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, unless otherwise indicated, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements. The implementations described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementations consistent with the present disclosure.

本公开所涉及的通信方法可以应用于图1所示的无线通信系统100中。该网络系统可以包括网络设备110和终端120。可以理解的是,图1所示的无线通信系统仅是进行示意性说明,无线通信系统中还可包括其它网络设备,例如还可以包括核心网络设备、无线中继设备和无线回传设备等,在图1中未画出。本公开实施例对该无线通信系统中包括的网络设备数量和终端数量不做限定。The communication method involved in the present disclosure can be applied to the wireless communication system 100 shown in Figure 1. The network system may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120. It can be understood that the wireless communication system shown in Figure 1 is only for schematic illustration, and the wireless communication system may also include other network devices, for example, core network devices, wireless relay devices, and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figure 1. The embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the number of network devices and the number of terminals included in the wireless communication system.

进一步可以理解的是,本公开实施例的无线通信系统,是一种提供无线通信功能的网络。无线通信系统可以采用不同的通信技术,例如码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)、时分多址(time division multiple access,TDMA)、频分多址(frequency division multiple access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier-frequency division multiple access,SC-FDMA)、载波侦听多路访问/冲突避免(carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance)。根据不同网络的容量、速率、时延等因素可以将网络分为2G(英文:generation)网络、3G网络、4G网络或者未来演进网络,如第五代无线通信系统(the 5th generation wireless communication system,5G)网络,5G网络也可称为是新空口(new radio,NR)。为了方便描述,本公开有时会将无线通信网络简称为网络。It can be further understood that the wireless communication system of the embodiment of the present disclosure is a network that provides wireless communication functions. The wireless communication system can adopt different communication technologies, such as code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division multiple access (time division multiple access, TDMA), frequency division multiple access (frequency division multiple access, FDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (orthogonal frequency-division multiple access, OFDMA), single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier-frequency division multiple access, SC-FDMA), carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance (carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance). According to the capacity, rate, delay and other factors of different networks, networks can be divided into 2G (English: generation) networks, 3G networks, 4G networks or future evolution networks, such as the 5th generation wireless communication system (5G) network. 5G network can also be called new radio (NR). For the convenience of description, the present disclosure sometimes refers to wireless communication networks as networks.

进一步的,本公开中涉及的网络设备110也可以称为无线接入网络设备。该无线接入网络设备可以是:基站、演进型基站(evolved node B,eNB)、家庭基站、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或TRP等,还可以为NR系统中的gNB,或者,还可以是构成基站的组件或一部分设备等。当为车联网(V2X)通信系统时,网络设备还可以是车载设备。应理解,本公开的实施例中,对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Furthermore, the network device 110 involved in the present disclosure may also be referred to as a wireless access network device. The wireless access network device may be: a base station, an evolved node B (eNB), a home base station, an access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a TRP, etc. It may also be a gNB in an NR system, or it may also be a component or a part of a device constituting a base station, etc. When it is a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication system, the network device may also be a vehicle-mounted device. It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device are not limited.

进一步的,本公开中涉及的终端120,也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,终端可以是具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:智能手机(mobile phone)、口袋计算机(pocket personal computer,PPC)、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、笔记本电脑、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、或者车载设备等。此外,当为车联网(V2X)通信系统时,终端设备还可以是车载设备。应理解,本公开实施例对终端所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。 Furthermore, the terminal 120 involved in the present disclosure may also be referred to as a terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., which is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users. For example, the terminal may be a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. At present, some examples of terminals are: smart phones (mobile phones), pocket personal computers (pocket personal computers, PPCs), handheld computers, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), laptops, tablet computers, wearable devices, or vehicle-mounted devices, etc. In addition, when it is a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication system, the terminal device may also be a vehicle-mounted device. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present disclosure do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal.

本公开实施例中,网络设备110与终端120可以采用任意可行的无线通信技术以实现相互传输数据。其中,网络设备110向终端120发送数据所对应的传输通道称为下行信道(downlink,DL),终端120向网络设备110发送数据所对应的传输通道称为UL。可以理解的是,本公开实施例中所涉及的网络设备可以是基站。当然网络设备还可以是其它任意可能的网络设备,终端可以是任意可能的终端,本公开不作限定。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the network device 110 and the terminal 120 may use any feasible wireless communication technology to achieve mutual data transmission. Among them, the transmission channel corresponding to the data sent by the network device 110 to the terminal 120 is called a downlink channel (DL), and the transmission channel corresponding to the data sent by the terminal 120 to the network device 110 is called an UL. It can be understood that the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a base station. Of course, the network device may also be any other possible network device, and the terminal may be any possible terminal, which is not limited by the present disclosure.

在版本(release,Rel)18的DTDD场景中,为了提升对应上行通信性能,在TDD配置中,对应UL传输时隙所占比重对应增加。DTDD可以称为动态TDD,即可以动态调整TDD配置中的UL传输时隙和下行(downlink,DL)传输时隙各自所占比重。假设服务小区与邻小区对各自小区TDD结构进行了不同的动态调整。将会导致各自小区的TDD结构不一致,比如两个小区的传输方向上不一致,进而造成严重的干扰。In the DTDD scenario of version (Rel) 18, in order to improve the corresponding uplink communication performance, the proportion of the corresponding UL transmission time slot in the TDD configuration is increased accordingly. DTDD can be called dynamic TDD, that is, the proportion of the UL transmission time slot and the downlink (DL) transmission time slot in the TDD configuration can be dynamically adjusted. Assume that the serving cell and the neighboring cell have made different dynamic adjustments to the TDD structure of their respective cells. This will lead to inconsistent TDD structures of the respective cells, such as inconsistent transmission directions of the two cells, which will cause serious interference.

例如图2所示出的场景,可以看出,服务小区内可以包括终端1和网络设备1。与服务小区相邻的邻小区中可以包括终端2和网络设备2。当服务小区和邻小区TDD的结构可能不一致,在某个时隙会出现服务小区和邻小区分别进行上行传输以及下行传输。比如图2示出的,网络设备1向终端1发送下行数据,以及终端2向网络设备2发送上行数据。图2示出的两个黑色实线箭头即表示了同一时刻、不同小区处于的不同传输状态。在这种情况下,由于终端2处于上行发送的时隙,因此终端2发送的数据也会传输到终端1。对于终端1而言则可能同时接收到网络设备1发送的下行数据,以及终端2发送的数据,进而产生ISI。其中,图2中终端2指向终端1的虚线箭头,即表示了终端2发送的数据对终端1产生的干扰。For example, in the scenario shown in FIG2, it can be seen that the service cell may include terminal 1 and network device 1. The neighboring cell adjacent to the service cell may include terminal 2 and network device 2. When the TDD structures of the service cell and the neighboring cell may be inconsistent, the service cell and the neighboring cell may perform uplink transmission and downlink transmission respectively in a certain time slot. For example, as shown in FIG2, network device 1 sends downlink data to terminal 1, and terminal 2 sends uplink data to network device 2. The two black solid arrows shown in FIG2 represent different transmission states in different cells at the same time. In this case, since terminal 2 is in the time slot for uplink transmission, the data sent by terminal 2 will also be transmitted to terminal 1. For terminal 1, it may receive the downlink data sent by network device 1 and the data sent by terminal 2 at the same time, thereby generating ISI. Among them, the dotted arrow pointing from terminal 2 to terminal 1 in FIG2 represents the interference caused by the data sent by terminal 2 to terminal 1.

为了测量相邻小区之间网络设备和网络设备之间的干扰。Rel-18无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)1中,支持不同网络设备之间发送CLI参考信号,以测量相应的干扰情况。例如在一些方案中,对于网络设备之间同信道的交叉链路干扰(cross link interference,CLI)测量和/或信道测量,RAN1至少支持周期性非零功率信道状态信息参考信号(non-zero power channel state information-reference signal,NZP CSI-RS)或同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SSB)用于网络设备之间的CLI测量和/或信道测量。其中,SSB可以是小区定义(cell defining,CD)SSB或是非小区定义(non cell defining,NCD)SSB。In order to measure the interference between network devices and network devices in adjacent cells. In Rel-18 radio access network (RAN) 1, CLI reference signals are supported to be sent between different network devices to measure the corresponding interference conditions. For example, in some schemes, for the cross-link interference (CLI) measurement and/or channel measurement of the same channel between network devices, RAN1 at least supports periodic non-zero power channel state information reference signal (NZP CSI-RS) or synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SSB) for CLI measurement and/or channel measurement between network devices. Among them, SSB can be cell defining (CD) SSB or non cell defining (NCD) SSB.

其中的一个场景是,干扰(aggressor)网络设备基于调度发送对应的参考信号(reference signal,RS),如CLI RS。服务网络设备接收对应的参考信号。其中,服务网络设备也可称为受害(victim)网络设备。该victim网络设备为服务小区中的网络设备,aggressor网络设备为邻小区的网络设备。victim网络设备接收aggressor网络设备发送的CLI RS,以进行 CLI测量。考虑到CLI RS只占用了其中一部分的频域资源。为了提升资源利用效率,victim网络设备可以在同一时间接收来自本服务小区中终端发送的上行数据(data)。如图3所示出的,CLI RS和UL data到达的时间间隔为NTA,offsetTc+Tdelay。其中,NTA,offset为victim网络设备配置的小区级时间提前(Timing Advance,TA)信息,Tc为时间基本量,Tdelay为CLI RS在victim网络设备和aggressor网络设备之间的传播时延。可以理解,图3中的TTA,offset即等于NTA,offsetTcOne of the scenarios is that the aggressor network device sends a corresponding reference signal (RS) based on scheduling, such as CLI RS. The serving network device receives the corresponding reference signal. The serving network device can also be called a victim network device. The victim network device is a network device in the serving cell, and the aggressor network device is a network device in the neighboring cell. The victim network device receives the CLI RS sent by the aggressor network device to perform CLI measurement. Considering that CLI RS only occupies a part of the frequency domain resources. In order to improve resource utilization efficiency, the victim network device can receive uplink data (data) sent from the terminal in the service cell at the same time. As shown in Figure 3, the time interval between the arrival of CLI RS and UL data is N TA, offset T c +T delay . Among them, N TA, offset is the cell-level timing advance (Timing Advance, TA) information configured by the victim network device, T c is the basic time quantity, and T delay is the propagation delay of CLI RS between the victim network device and the aggressor network device. It can be understood that T TA, offset in Figure 3 is equal to N TA, offset T c .

在频率范围(frequency range,FR)1的TDD场景下,NTA,offsetTc的默认(default)值可以为13微秒(μs)或20μs,这取决于是否处于动态频谱共享(dynamic spectrum sharing,DSS)频带(band)。在该场景下,当时间差NTA,offsetTc+Tdelay超过循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)的持续时间,若victim网络设备同时接收CLI RS和UL data,则会引起严重的ISI干扰。In the TDD scenario of frequency range (FR) 1, the default value of N TA, offset T c can be 13 microseconds (μs) or 20μs, depending on whether it is in the dynamic spectrum sharing (DSS) band. In this scenario, when the time difference N TA, offset T c + T delay exceeds the duration of the cyclic prefix (CP), if the victim network device receives CLI RS and UL data at the same time, it will cause severe ISI interference.

可见,同时接收CLI RS和UL data时,存在部分CLI RS在CP的持续时间以外接收,并对在CP的持续时间内接收到的CLI RS和UL data产生严重ISI干扰。而如何避免上述干扰,成为了需要解决的问题。It can be seen that when receiving CLI RS and UL data at the same time, some CLI RS are received outside the CP duration, and cause serious ISI interference to the CLI RS and UL data received within the CP duration. How to avoid the above interference has become a problem that needs to be solved.

在一些方案中,为了降低ISI干扰,提出了零(zero)NTA,offset的方案。通过将服务小区的小区级TA信息配置为0,即NTA,offset配置为0。从而实现服务小区的UL data和CLI RS可以在CP持续时间内到达。In some schemes, in order to reduce ISI interference, a zero N TA,offset scheme is proposed. By configuring the cell-level TA information of the serving cell to 0, that is, N TA,offset is configured to 0, so that the UL data and CLI RS of the serving cell can arrive within the CP duration.

然而,NTA,offset主要基于网络设备进行上下行转换时间进行定义。若NTA,offset配置为0,则没有给网络设备预留进行上下行转换的时间。则网络设备将会占用上下行转换前后的其中一个或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号进行上下行转换。在对应被占用的OFDM符号上,服务小区内的终端发送的数据,基站将无法进行相应接收处理,进而降低小区的通信性能。However, N TA, offset is mainly defined based on the uplink and downlink conversion time of the network equipment. If N TA, offset is configured to 0, no time is reserved for the network equipment to perform uplink and downlink conversion. The network equipment will occupy one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols before and after the uplink and downlink conversion for uplink and downlink conversion. On the corresponding occupied OFDM symbols, the base station will not be able to perform corresponding reception and processing on the data sent by the terminal in the service cell, thereby reducing the communication performance of the cell.

如图4所示出的,假设以邻小区网络设备发送下行数据的时间为基准,假设邻小区网络设备发送参考信号,则服务小区网络设备接收到参考信号的时间需要经过Tdelay。在采用zeroNTA,offset方案的情况下,假设服务小区网络设备进行上下行转换占用了上下行转换前的最后一个上行符号,则网络设备将无法在该上行符号上接收终端发送的数据。也就是说,网络设备在该上行符号上无法进行正常通信,即该上行符号对于网络设备不可用。正如图4中第二行阴影区域表示了上下行转换,而灰色的上行符号则表示该上行符号的一部分被占用,用于网络设备进行上下行切换。从终端的角度来说,在相同的上行符号考虑到对于 网络设备不可用,则终端一般也可以不发送数据。可以理解,即使终端在网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上行符号上发送数据,网络设备也无法对此类数据进行接收。因此,终端通常在网络设备不可用上行符号上也不进行数据发送。As shown in Figure 4, assuming that the time when the neighboring cell network device sends downlink data is used as a benchmark, and assuming that the neighboring cell network device sends a reference signal, the time for the serving cell network device to receive the reference signal needs to be T delay . In the case of adopting the zeroN TA, offset scheme, assuming that the serving cell network device occupies the last uplink symbol before the uplink-downlink conversion for uplink-downlink conversion, the network device will not be able to receive the data sent by the terminal on the uplink symbol. In other words, the network device cannot communicate normally on the uplink symbol, that is, the uplink symbol is unavailable to the network device. As shown in Figure 4, the shaded area in the second row indicates the uplink-downlink conversion, and the gray uplink symbol indicates that part of the uplink symbol is occupied for the network device to perform uplink-downlink switching. From the perspective of the terminal, in the same uplink symbol, taking into account If the network device is unavailable, the terminal may not send data. It is understandable that even if the terminal sends data on the uplink symbol occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching, the network device cannot receive such data. Therefore, the terminal usually does not send data on the uplink symbol when the network device is unavailable.

从另一个角度来说,终端也需要进行上下行转换,因此对于终端而言,当服务小区的终端采用zeroNTA,offset的方案,若终端进行上下行切换占用了上行符号或者下行符号,则终端在被占用的上行符号或下行符号上也不进行数据传输,即认为被占用的上行符号或下行符号对于终端不可用。From another perspective, the terminal also needs to perform uplink and downlink conversion. Therefore, for the terminal, when the terminal of the serving cell adopts the zeroN TA, offset solution, if the terminal occupies uplink symbols or downlink symbols for uplink and downlink switching, the terminal does not transmit data on the occupied uplink symbols or downlink symbols, that is, it is considered that the occupied uplink symbols or downlink symbols are unavailable to the terminal.

图4中的最后一行则示出了服务小区的终端采用non-zeroNTA,offset的方案,进行上下行切换将不会占用其它上行符号或下行符号,因此并未影响终端在不同的上行符号或下行符号上进行数据传输。The last row in FIG4 shows that the terminal in the serving cell adopts the non-zero N TA, offset solution, and the uplink and downlink switching will not occupy other uplink symbols or downlink symbols, so it does not affect the terminal's data transmission on different uplink symbols or downlink symbols.

显然,单纯引入zeroNTA,offset的方案会导致大量符号被占用以用于网络设备进行上行/下行转换,或下行/上行转换,使得这部分被占用的符号无法正常通信,降低小区的通信性能。Obviously, simply introducing the zeroN TA,offset solution will cause a large number of symbols to be occupied for network equipment to perform uplink/downlink conversion, or downlink/uplink conversion, making these occupied symbols unable to communicate normally, thereby reducing the communication performance of the cell.

因此,本公开提供了一种通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质。通过为终端配置多个不同的时间提前量,以使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。Therefore, the present disclosure provides a communication method, apparatus, device and storage medium. By configuring a plurality of different time advances for a terminal, the terminal can use an appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. The number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching can be reduced, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信方法流程图,如图5所示,方法可以由终端执行,方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG5 , the method may be executed by a terminal, and the method may include the following steps:

在步骤S11中,确定至少两个时间提前量。In step S11 , at least two timing advances are determined.

在一些实施例中,终端可以确定至少两个时间提前量。例如,不同的时间提前量可以适用于与网络设备进行干扰测量相关联的不同条件,或者不同的时间提前量可以适用于预先配置的指定场景,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine at least two timing advances. For example, different timing advances may be applicable to different conditions associated with interference measurement performed by a network device, or different timing advances may be applicable to pre-configured specified scenarios, which are not limited in the present disclosure.

例如,终端可以确定至少两个小区级别的TA信息。比如可以是两个NTA,offset。其中,不同的NTA,offset适用的条件不同。比如,不同的条件可以与网络设备进行干扰测量相关。则一个NTA,offset可以与网络设备进行干扰测量相关,另一个NTA,offset可以与网络设备不进行干扰测量相关。For example, the terminal may determine at least two cell-level TA information. For example, there may be two N TA, offsets . Different N TA, offsets are applicable to different conditions. For example, different conditions may be related to interference measurement performed by a network device. Then, one N TA, offset may be related to interference measurement performed by a network device, and another N TA, offset may be related to not performing interference measurement performed by the network device.

例如,终端可以通过网络设备发送的配置信息,直接配置至少两个NTA,offset。其中,配置信息中配置的至少两个NTA,offset,可以用于终端在不同场景下使用。假设至少两个 NTA,offset包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。其中,第一NTA,offset可以应用于第一场景。终端可以将第一NTA,offset作为第一场景所对应的时域范围内采用的NTA,offset,以便终端在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。或者,终端接收到配置信息,该配置信息配置了第一NTA,offset,并且配置了第一NTA,offset对应第一场景,以及配置了第一场景对应的时域范围。即配置信息指示了第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset,以及第一场景生效的时域范围。终端可以基于配置信息确定在第一场景下使用的第一NTA,offset。以便终端在处于第一场景所对应的时域范围内,采用第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。同理,第二NTA,offset可以应用于第二场景。终端可以将第二NTA,offset作为第二场景所对应的时域范围内采用的NTA,offset,以便终端在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。或者,终端接收到配置信息,该配置信息配置了第二NTA,offset,并且配置了第二NTA,offset对应第二场景,以及配置了第二场景对应的时域范围。即配置信息指示了第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset,以及第二场景生效的时域范围。终端可以基于配置信息确定在第二场景下使用的第二NTA,offset。以便终端在处于第二场景所对应的时域范围内,采用第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。For example, the terminal can directly configure at least two N TA, offsets through the configuration information sent by the network device. The at least two N TA, offsets configured in the configuration information can be used by the terminal in different scenarios. Assume that at least two N TA, offset includes a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset . Among them, the first N TA, offset can be applied to the first scenario. The terminal can use the first N TA, offset as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario, so that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset in the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. Or, the terminal receives configuration information, which configures the first N TA, offset , configures the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. That is, the configuration information indicates the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and the time domain range in which the first scenario is effective. The terminal can determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario based on the configuration information. So that the terminal uses the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. Similarly, the second N TA, offset can be applied to the second scenario. The terminal may use the second N TA, offset as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario, so that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. Alternatively, the terminal receives configuration information, which configures the second N TA, offset , configures the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. That is, the configuration information indicates the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and the time domain range in which the second scenario is effective. The terminal may determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario based on the configuration information. So that the terminal uses the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.

又例如,终端可以根据预定义规则的方式配置至少两个NTA,offset。其中,预定义规则中可以预先定义至少两个NTA,offset。比如,基于不同的使用场景,分别预先定义相对应的NTA,offset。如,预先定义至少两个应用场景下各场景对应的NTA,offset。假设至少两个NTA,offset包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。第一NTA,offset可以应用于第一场景,第二NTA,offset可以应用于第二场景。终端根据预定义规则,可以确定在第一场景下使用的第一NTA,offset,和/或确定在第二场景下使用的第二NTA,offset。以便终端可以在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。和/或,在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。可以明白,第一场景与第二场景为不同的应用场景。For another example, the terminal may configure at least two N TA, offset according to a predefined rule. Among them, at least two N TA, offset may be predefined in the predefined rule. For example, based on different usage scenarios, corresponding N TA, offset are predefined respectively. For example, N TA, offset corresponding to each scenario in at least two application scenarios is predefined. Assume that at least two N TA, offset include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset . The first N TA, offset may be applied to the first scenario, and the second N TA, offset may be applied to the second scenario. According to the predefined rule, the terminal may determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario, and/or determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario. So that the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. And/or, within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario, determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . It can be understood that the first scenario and the second scenario are different application scenarios.

在一些情况下,上述提到的第一场景和第二场景中的一个场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景,另一个场景可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。其中,网络设备进行干扰测量的时域范围可以通过信令指示或预定义规则方式确定,具体确定方式与时间窗类 似,可以参考后续相应实施例的描述,本公开对此不再赘述。In some cases, one of the first scenario and the second scenario mentioned above may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. The time domain range for the network device to perform interference measurement may be determined by signaling instructions or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window type. Similarly, reference may be made to the description of the corresponding subsequent embodiments, and the present disclosure will not go into details therein.

在步骤S12中,根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In step S12, an uplink time unit boundary is determined according to at least two timing advances.

在一些实施例中,终端可以根据S11中确定的至少两个时间提前量,确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances determined in S11.

例如,终端可以根据终端当前所处的时域范围,采用S11中确定的至少两个NTA,offset中的一个,确定上行时间单元边界。在一些情况下,终端当前所处的时域范围可以与网络设备是否进行干扰测量相关。其中,不同的时域范围可以对应不同的场景。For example, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary by using one of the at least two NTA,offsets determined in S11 according to the current time domain range of the terminal. In some cases, the current time domain range of the terminal may be related to whether the network device performs interference measurement. Different time domain ranges may correspond to different scenarios.

比如,终端在S11中基于配置信息或预定义规则,确定了不同的NTA,offset,以及各NTA,offset对应的场景。则终端可以在对应场景下选择与该场景相对应的NTA,offset,确定上行时间单元边界。For example, the terminal determines different N TA, offset and the scenarios corresponding to each N TA, offset based on configuration information or predefined rules in S11. The terminal can select N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario in the corresponding scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary.

可以理解,上行时间单元边界表示发送上行数据的时间边界,比如终端发送上行数据的起始时间边界。其中,上行时间单元边界可以是上行OFDM符号(symbol)的边界,也可以是上行OFDM时隙(slot)的边界。It can be understood that the uplink time unit boundary represents the time boundary for sending uplink data, such as the start time boundary for the terminal to send uplink data. The uplink time unit boundary can be the boundary of the uplink OFDM symbol or the boundary of the uplink OFDM slot.

本公开中的“边界”通常可以理解为起始位置,如OFDM symbol的起始位置、OFDM slot的起始位置等。其中,上行时间单元边界可以认为是上行OFDM symbol或上行OFDM slot的起始位置。例如可以通过帧定时的方式确定上行OFDM symbol或上行OFDM slot的起始位置。The "boundary" in the present disclosure can generally be understood as a starting position, such as the starting position of an OFDM symbol, the starting position of an OFDM slot, etc. Among them, the uplink time unit boundary can be considered as the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot. For example, the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot can be determined by frame timing.

在步骤S13中,基于上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。In step S13, uplink data is sent based on the uplink time unit boundary.

在一些实施例中,终端可以基于S12中确定的上行时间单元边界,发送上行数据。In some embodiments, the terminal may send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary determined in S12.

可以明白,终端可以在S12中根据S11确定的至少两个NTA,offset,确定上行时间单元边界。并基于该上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。可以通过配置多个NTA,offset,使得终端在不同的场景下采用合适的NTA,offset,确定相应场景中的上行时间单元边界。相比于一些方案中固定采用zeroNTA,offset的情况,本公开可以降低小区中不可用符号的数量。并且当场景与网络设备进行干扰测量相关的情况下,终端也可以采用合适的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,进而避免与网络设备发送的参考信号产生ISI干扰。It can be understood that the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary in S12 according to at least two N TA, offset determined in S11. And send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary. By configuring multiple N TA, offset , the terminal can use appropriate N TA, offset in different scenarios to determine the uplink time unit boundary in the corresponding scenario. Compared with the fixed use of zero N TA, offset in some schemes, the present disclosure can reduce the number of unusable symbols in the cell. And when the scenario is related to interference measurement of the network device, the terminal can also use appropriate N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary, thereby avoiding ISI interference with the reference signal sent by the network device.

在一些实施例中,为实现服务小区网络设备在CP持续时间内,可以接收来自服务小区终端发送的上行信号和来自邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号,第一NTA,offset可以是小于或等于0。例如图6所示出的,终端基于第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界,并基于上述上行时间单元边界传输上行数据。在NTA,offset=0的条件下,上行数据到 达网络设备的时间与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号到达时间间隔等于Tdelay。其中,Tdelay为参考信号从邻小区网络设备到服务小区网络设备的传输时间。考虑到服务小区网络设备和邻小区网络设备之间的距离相对较近(比如可以是500m)。在大多数场景下,Tdelay小于对应OFDM符号中的CP持续时间。基于此,可以保证网络设备在CP范围内接收到相同服务小区的终端发送的上行数据和邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号,从而有效降低信号间的ISI干扰,提升数据传输效率和干扰测量精度。可以理解,邻小区发送的参考信号可以是用于干扰测量的参考信号,比如可以是CLI RS。In some embodiments, in order to enable the serving cell network device to receive the uplink signal sent by the serving cell terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration, the first N TA, offset may be less than or equal to 0. For example, as shown in FIG6 , the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset , and transmits the uplink data based on the above uplink time unit boundary. Under the condition of N TA, offset = 0, the uplink data arrives at The time between the arrival time of the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device and the arrival time interval of the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device is equal to T delay . Wherein, T delay is the transmission time of the reference signal from the neighboring cell network device to the serving cell network device. Considering that the distance between the serving cell network device and the neighboring cell network device is relatively close (for example, it can be 500m). In most scenarios, T delay is less than the CP duration in the corresponding OFDM symbol. Based on this, it can be ensured that the network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal of the same serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP range, thereby effectively reducing the ISI interference between the signals and improving the data transmission efficiency and the interference measurement accuracy. It can be understood that the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell can be a reference signal for interference measurement, such as CLI RS.

在一些实施例中,为保证网络设备和/或终端的上下行转换时间,第二NTA,offset可以为大于0。例如图7所示出的,终端基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。可以看出,终端发送上行数据的上行时间单元与下行时间单元具有一定时延,即图7中示出的斜线填充区域。该时延可以基于第二NTA,offset确定。在一些例子中,假设第二NTA,offset所使用的场景为网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景,则无需考虑网络设备是否可以在CP持续时间内接收到本服务小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。这种情况下,服务小区网络设备基于第二NTA,offset确定接收上行数据的上行时间单元边界,使得上行时间单元相比下行时间单元提前了一定时长。网络设备在进行上下行切换时,可以利用该时间段进行上下行切换,进而无需占用上下行切换前或上下行切换后的某一个符号。从而避免了上下行切换被占用符号的数量,提升了上行传输性能。In some embodiments, in order to ensure the uplink and downlink switching time of the network device and/or the terminal, the second N TA, offset may be greater than 0. For example, as shown in FIG7 , the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . It can be seen that the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for sending uplink data by the terminal have a certain delay, that is, the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7 . The delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset . In some examples, assuming that the scenario used by the second N TA, offset is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, there is no need to consider whether the network device can receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration. In this case, the serving cell network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for receiving uplink data based on the second N TA, offset, so that the uplink time unit is ahead of the downlink time unit by a certain time duration. When the network device performs uplink and downlink switching, it can use this time period for uplink and downlink switching, and thus does not need to occupy a certain symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching, and improves the uplink transmission performance.

本公开通过为终端配置多个不同的时间提前量,以使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation, which can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,至少两个时间提前量可以采用以下至少一种方式确定:接收第一配置信息,基于第一配置信息确定至少两个时间提前量;基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, at least two time advances can be determined in at least one of the following ways: receiving first configuration information, and determining at least two time advances based on the first configuration information; and determining at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule.

其中,在一些实施例中,终端可以接收第一配置信息。终端可以基于接收到的第一配置信息,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the terminal may receive first configuration information. The terminal may determine at least two timing advances based on the received first configuration information.

例如,终端接收网络设备发送的第一配置信息。该第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量。终端可以根据接收到的第一配置信息,确定出至少两个时间提前量。For example, the terminal receives first configuration information sent by the network device. The first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances. The terminal can determine at least two timing advances according to the received first configuration information.

例如,第一配置信息可以承载在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、媒体接入控制单元(medium access control control element,MAC CE)信令和/或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。 For example, the first configuration information may be carried in radio resource control (RRC) signaling, medium access control element (MAC CE) signaling and/or downlink control information (DCI).

比如,以第一配置信息承载在RRC信令上,至少两个NTA,offset为两个NTA,offset为例。两个NTA,offset可以包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offsetFor example, taking the first configuration information carried in the RRC signaling, the at least two N TA, offsets are two N TA, offsets as an example. The two N TA, offsets may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .

针对第一NTA,offset,终端可以接收第一RRC信令,该第一RRC信令可以用于指示第一NTA,offset。在一些情况中,终端可以在第一场景所对应的时域范围内使用第一NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以发送上行数据。在另一种情况中,终端可以接收第一RRC信令,该第一RRC信令指示第一NTA,offset,并且指示了第一NTA,offset对应第一场景,以及配置了第一场景对应的时域范围。例如,第一RRC信令指示第一场景所对应的第一NTA,offset,以及第一场景生效的时域范围。终端可以基于第一RRC信令,确定第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset。并在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,使用第一NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以发送上行数据。For the first N TA, offset , the terminal may receive a first RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the first N TA, offset . In some cases, the terminal may use the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to send uplink data. In another case, the terminal may receive a first RRC signaling, which indicates the first N TA, offset , indicates that the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. For example, the first RRC signaling indicates the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and the time domain range in which the first scenario is effective. The terminal may determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first RRC signaling. And use the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to send uplink data.

同理,针对第二NTA,offset,终端可以接收第二RRC信令,该第二RRC信令可以用于指示第二NTA,offset。在一些情况中,终端可以在第二场景所对应的时域范围内使用第二NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以发送上行数据。在另一种情况中,终端可以接收第二RRC信令,该第二RRC信令指示第二NTA,offset,并且指示了第二NTA,offset对应第二场景,以及配置了第二场景对应的时域范围。例如,第二RRC信令指示第二场景所对应的第二NTA,offset,以及第二场景生效的时域范围。终端可以基于第二RRC信令,确定第二场景所对应的第二NTA,offset。并在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,使用第二NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以发送上行数据。Similarly, for the second N TA, offset , the terminal may receive a second RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the second N TA, offset . In some cases, the terminal may use the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to send uplink data. In another case, the terminal may receive a second RRC signaling, which indicates the second N TA, offset , indicates that the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. For example, the second RRC signaling indicates the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and the time domain range in which the second scenario is effective. The terminal may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the second RRC signaling. And use the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to send uplink data.

在一些实施例中,上述第二RRC信令可以是n-时间提前偏移(n-TimingAdvanceOffset)信令。In some embodiments, the second RRC signaling may be n-timing advance offset (n-TimingAdvanceOffset) signaling.

在一些实施例中,上述提到的第一RRC信令与第二RRC信令可以是同一个RRC信令。例如,第一RRC信令和第二RRC可以是同一个新定义的RRC信令,或者复用某个已有的RRC信令。In some embodiments, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling mentioned above may be the same RRC signaling. For example, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling.

在一些实施例中,第一RRC信令与第二RRC信令为不同的RRC信令。例如,第一RRC信令可以是同一个新定义的RRC信令,或者复用某个已有的RRC信令。第二RRC信令可以n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令。In some embodiments, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling are different RRC signalings. For example, the first RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling. The second RRC signaling may be n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.

在一些实施例中,第一场景、第二场景中的某一个场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景,另一个场景可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。在这种情况下,假设第一配 置信息指示两个NTA,offset,则可以包括:网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset。终端可以根据接收到的第一配置信息,确定出网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offsetIn some embodiments, one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. The configuration information indicates two N TA,offset , which may include: N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. The terminal may determine, based on the received first configuration information, N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.

值得注意的是,本公开方案中网络设备进行干扰测量对应的时域范围可以通过配置信息或预定义规则方式确定,示例性的,终端可以基于速率匹配资源(rate matching resource,RMR)信令确定网络设备进行干扰测量对应的时域范围,并在相应时域范围内应用对应的NTA,offsetIt is worth noting that in the disclosed solution, the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device can be determined by configuration information or predefined rules. For example, the terminal can determine the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device based on rate matching resource (RMR) signaling, and apply the corresponding N TA, offset within the corresponding time domain range.

在一些实施例中,终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.

例如,可以预先定义了多个NTA,offset,如预先定义了第一场景对应的NTA,offset,以及预先定义了第二场景对应的NTA,offset。终端根据第一预定义规则,确定预先定义的第一场景对应的NTA,offset,以及预先定义的第二场景对应的NTA,offset。可以认为,第一预定义规则可以基于不同的使用场景,分别预先定义了相应场景对应的NTA,offset。以便终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定出不同场景对应的NTA,offset,并在相应场景所对应的时域范围内,使用该场景对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界。For example, multiple N TA, offset may be predefined, such as N TA, offset corresponding to a first scenario is predefined, and N TA, offset corresponding to a second scenario is predefined. The terminal determines N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined first scenario and N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined second scenario according to the first predefined rule. It can be considered that the first predefined rule can predefine N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on different usage scenarios. So that the terminal can determine N TA, offset corresponding to different scenarios based on the first predefined rule, and use N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the corresponding scenario.

比如,以至少两个NTA,offset为两个NTA,offset为例。两个NTA,offset可以包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offsetFor example, taking the at least two N TA, offset as two N TA, offset as an example, the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .

针对第一NTA,offset,可以预先定义第一NTA,offset,即第一预定义规则预先定义了第一NTA,offset。第一预定义规则可以预先定义第一NTA,offset,以及第一NTA,offset对应第一场景。终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定出第一场景所对应的第一NTA,offset。以便终端在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第一NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界。For the first N TA, offset , the first N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the first N TA, offset . The first predefined rule may predefine the first N TA, offset , and the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario. The terminal may determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first predefined rule. So that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.

针对第二NTA,offset,可以预先定义第二NTA,offset,即第一预定义规则预先定义了第二NTA,offset。第一预定义规则可以预先定义第二NTA,offset,以及第二NTA,offset对应第二场景。终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定出第二场景所对应的第二NTA,offset。以便终端在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第二NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界。For the second N TA, offset , the second N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the second N TA, offset . The first predefined rule may predefine the second N TA, offset , and the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario. The terminal may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule. So that the terminal determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the second N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.

在一些实施例中,第一场景、第二场景中的某一个场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景,另一个场景可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。其中,网络设备进行干扰测 量的时域范围可以通过信令指示或预定义规则方式确定,具体确定方式与时间窗类似,可以参考后续相应实施例的描述,本公开对此不再赘述。在这种情况下,假设第一预定义规则定义了两个NTA,offset,则可以包括:网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset。终端可以根据第一预定义规则,确定出网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offsetIn some embodiments, one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. The time domain range of the quantity may be determined by signaling indication or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window. Please refer to the description of the corresponding subsequent embodiments, and the present disclosure will not go into details. In this case, assuming that the first predefined rule defines two N TA, offset , it may include: N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. The terminal may determine, according to the first predefined rule, N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.

在一些实施例中,终端可以基于第一配置信息以及第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.

例如,终端可以首先确定是否接收到第一配置信息。在终端接收到第一配置信息的情况下,可以基于第一配置信息确定至少两个时间提前量。若在第一预设时间内,终端未接收到第一配置信息,则终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。或者,终端接收到的第一配置信息仅指示了至少两个时间提前量中一个或多个时间提前量,即第一配置信息并未指示至少两个时间提前量的全部。终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定第一配置信息中未指示的时间提前量。For example, the terminal may first determine whether the first configuration information is received. In the case where the terminal receives the first configuration information, at least two time advances may be determined based on the first configuration information. If the terminal does not receive the first configuration information within the first preset time, the terminal may determine at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule. Alternatively, the first configuration information received by the terminal only indicates one or more of the at least two time advances, that is, the first configuration information does not indicate all of the at least two time advances. The terminal may determine the time advance not indicated in the first configuration information based on the first predefined rule.

比如,以至少两个NTA,offset为两个NTA,offset为例。两个NTA,offset可以包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offsetFor example, taking the at least two N TA, offset as two N TA, offset as an example, the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .

一些情况下,终端在第一预设时间内接收到第一配置信息,则终端可以基于第一配置信息确定第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。比如,接收到第一RRC信令和第二RRC信令,第一RRC信令用于指示第一NTA,offset,以及第二RRC信令用于指示第二NTA,offset。其中,第一RRC信令与第二RRC信令可以为同一个RRC信令或为不同的RRC信令。在另一些情况下,若终端在第一预设时间内并未接收到第一配置信息,则终端可以基于第一预设规则确定第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。比如,第一预设规则中预先定义了第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset和第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset。终端可以基于第一预设规则确定出相应场景对应的NTA,offsetIn some cases, if the terminal receives the first configuration information within the first preset time, the terminal can determine the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset based on the first configuration information. For example, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling are received, the first RRC signaling is used to indicate the first N TA, offset , and the second RRC signaling is used to indicate the second N TA, offset . Among them, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling can be the same RRC signaling or different RRC signaling. In other cases, if the terminal does not receive the first configuration information within the first preset time, the terminal can determine the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset based on the first preset rule. For example, the first preset rule predefines the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario and the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario. The terminal can determine the N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on the first preset rule.

在另一些情况下,第一配置信息可以仅指示第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset中的某一个NTA,offset。比如第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset分别由不同的RRC信令指示的情况下。终端可能仅接收到某一个RRC信令。如终端仅接收到第一RRC信令或第二RRC信令。终端可以基于接收到的RRC信令确定该RRC信令指示的NTA,offset。这种情况下,终端可以基于第一预定义规则,进一步确定另一个未指示的NTA,offset。假设终端接收到第一RRC信令, 并基于第一RRC信令确定了第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset。同时,第一预定义规则中预先定义了第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset,则终端可以基于第一预定义规则,确定第二场景对应的第二NTA,offsetIn other cases, the first configuration information may indicate only one of the first N TA, offset and the second N TA , offset . For example, the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset are indicated by different RRC signalings. The terminal may receive only one RRC signaling. For example, the terminal only receives the first RRC signaling or the second RRC signaling. The terminal may determine the N TA, offset indicated by the RRC signaling based on the received RRC signaling. In this case, the terminal may further determine another unindicated N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule. Assuming that the terminal receives the first RRC signaling, A first N TA,offset corresponding to the first scenario is determined based on the first RRC signaling. Meanwhile, a second N TA,offset corresponding to the second scenario is predefined in the first predefined rule, and the terminal can determine the second N TA,offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule.

例如,可以假设终端在第一预设时间内接收到了n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令,并基于n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令确定了第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset。可以假设第二场景为网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。当第一预定义规则中预先定义了第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset,则终端还可以基于第一预定义规则确定第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset。其中,第一场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景。For example, it can be assumed that the terminal receives the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling within the first preset time, and determines the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling. It can be assumed that the second scenario is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. When the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario is predefined in the first predefined rule, the terminal can also determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first predefined rule. Among them, the first scenario can be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement.

当然,上述各实施例中,终端基于第一配置信息确定至少两个NTA,offset,可以是在终端接收到第一配置信息时执行,或者在终端接收到第一配置信息之后的某个时间点执行。本公开不作限定。同时,在上述各实施例中,终端基于第一预定义规则确定至少两个NTA,offset,可以是在终端处于相应场景时执行,或者终端预先在某个时间点基于第一预定义规则确定至少两个NTA,offset,以便在终端处于相应场景时根据确定的NTA,offset进一步确定上行时间单元边界,本公开不作限定。Of course, in the above embodiments, the terminal determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first configuration information, which may be executed when the terminal receives the first configuration information, or at a certain time point after the terminal receives the first configuration information. The present disclosure does not limit this. At the same time, in the above embodiments, the terminal determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule, which may be executed when the terminal is in the corresponding scenario, or the terminal determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule at a certain time point in advance, so as to further determine the uplink time unit boundary according to the determined N TA, offset when the terminal is in the corresponding scenario, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

可以理解,上述提到的第一预设时间可以是终端确定是否接收到第一配置信息的时间段。例如预先设定一个第一预设时间,用于终端确定是否在该时间段内接收到第一配置信息,或者基于第一配置信息确定了至少两个NTA,offset中的全部。比如,可以预先定义第一预设时间的起始时间和预设第一时间的持续时长,或者预先定义第一预设时间的起始时间和第一预设时间的结束时间。当终端在第一预设时间所对应的时域范围内,若未接收到第一配置信息,或者没有基于第一配置信息确定了至少两个NTA,offset中的全部,则终端可以进一步通过第一预定义规则,确定其余未确定的NTA,offsetIt can be understood that the first preset time mentioned above can be a time period for the terminal to determine whether the first configuration information is received. For example, a first preset time is pre-set for the terminal to determine whether the first configuration information is received within the time period, or all of at least two N TA, offsets are determined based on the first configuration information. For example, the start time of the first preset time and the duration of the preset first time can be pre-defined, or the start time of the first preset time and the end time of the first preset time can be pre-defined. When the terminal is within the time domain range corresponding to the first preset time, if the first configuration information is not received, or all of at least two N TA, offsets are not determined based on the first configuration information, the terminal can further determine the remaining undetermined N TA, offset through the first predefined rule.

在一些实施例中,第一预设时间可以是基于OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧进行定义,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the first preset time may be defined based on an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

应当明白,上述第一预设时间可以根据实际情况进行任意设置,本公开不作限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first preset time can be set arbitrarily according to actual conditions, and the present disclosure does not limit it.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以是RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI中的任意一种或多种组合,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

可以明白,在该实施例中,终端可以基于第一配置信息以及第一预定义规则,进行联合确定至少两个时间提前量。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the terminal can jointly determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定至少两个时间提前量多种方式,以便终端可以在相应情况下使用合 适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two timing advances so that the terminal can use appropriate timing advances in corresponding situations. The uplink time unit boundary is determined by an appropriate time advance, and uplink data is sent. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by network devices before and after uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,至少两个时间提前量包括第一时间提前量。图8是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信方法流程图。如图8所示,方法还可以包括以下步骤:In the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, at least two timing advances include a first timing advance. FIG8 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG8 , the method may further include the following steps:

在步骤S21中,确定第一时间窗。In step S21 , a first time window is determined.

在一些实施例中,至少两个时间提前量可以包括第一时间提前量。In some embodiments, the at least two timing advances may include a first timing advance.

在一些实施例中,终端还可以确定第一时间窗。其中,该第一时间窗可以为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗。和/或,该第一时间窗可以为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗。In some embodiments, the terminal may further determine a first time window, wherein the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance.

例如,终端接收网络设备发送的配置信息,该配置信息可以指示第一时间窗。终端基于该配置信息确定第一时间窗。For example, the terminal receives configuration information sent by the network device, and the configuration information may indicate the first time window. The terminal determines the first time window based on the configuration information.

可以明白,配置信息可以直接指示网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗。终端可以将进行干扰测量的时间窗作为第一时间窗,终端在该时间窗内可以执行后续S22。配置信息也可以直接指示应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,终端在该时间窗内执行S22。但应当理解,应用第一时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,也可以不是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。It can be understood that the configuration information can directly indicate the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. The terminal can use the time window for performing interference measurement as the first time window, and the terminal can perform subsequent S22 within the time window. The configuration information can also directly indicate the time window for applying the first time advance, and the terminal performs S22 within the time window. However, it should be understood that the time window for applying the first time advance can be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and it may not be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and the present disclosure does not limit it.

如,终端接收到的配置信息中可以包括第一时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第一时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。终端基于配置信息中的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以确定第一时间窗。当然,第一时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者第一时间窗可以是应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。其中,应用第一时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。For example, the configuration information received by the terminal may include one or more parameters such as the configuration period of the first time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the first time window. The terminal may determine the first time window based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols in the configuration information. Of course, the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance, which is not limited in the present disclosure. Among them, the time window for applying the first time advance may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a time window for the network device not to perform interference measurement.

在一些情况中,配置信息可以包括基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第一时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第一时间窗的持续时隙数量、第一时间窗的持续帧数量、第一时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.

又例如,终端基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗。其中,第二预定义规则中,可以预先定义有网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者应用第一时间提前量的第一时间窗。比如第二预定义规则中,预先定义了哪些时域为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者预先定义了哪些时域为应用第一时间提前量的第一时间窗。终端则可以基于第二预定义规则 确定第一时间窗。For another example, the terminal determines the first time window based on the second predefined rule. Among them, the second predefined rule may predefine a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a first time window for applying the first time advance. For example, the second predefined rule predefines which time domains are time windows for the network device to perform interference measurement, or predefines which time domains are first time windows for applying the first time advance. The terminal can determine the first time window based on the second predefined rule. Determine the first time window.

比如,第二预定义规则可以预先定义持续的N个时间单元以及时间单元偏移量。其中,时间单元可以是OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧。假设以10个OFDM时隙为一个第一时间窗。则第二预定义规则可以预先定义有起始时隙和持续时长,或,起始时隙和结束时隙。如,以起始时隙为0为例,同一个帧内时隙0到时隙9为一个时间窗,时隙10到时隙19为另一个时间窗等。当然,假设时间单元偏移量为2,则同一个帧内,时隙2到时隙11为一个时间窗,时隙12到时隙21为另一个时间窗等。For example, the second predefined rule may predefine N continuous time units and a time unit offset. The time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, within the same frame, time slot 0 to time slot 9 is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on. Of course, assuming that the time unit offset is 2, within the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window, time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.

在一些实施例中,假设第一时间窗与第一NTA,offset相关联。则预定义时间偏移量的第一预定义规则中,还可以预先定义第一NTA,offset关联的窗索引。进而指示第一NTA,offset与第一时间窗之间的关联性。In some embodiments, assuming that the first time window is associated with the first N TA,offset , the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the first N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the first N TA,offset and the first time window.

假设第一时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量时的时间窗,在第一时间窗内设定终端采用第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。可以认为该第一时间提前量即网络设备进行干扰测量时,终端采用的时间提前量。在一些情况下,第一时间提前量可以设置为小于或等于0,例如图6所示出的。使得服务小区网络设备可以在CP持续时间内接收到同小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的用于干扰测量的参考信号,从而避免同小区终端发送上行数据与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号之间产生ISI干扰。Assume that the first time window can be a time window when the network device performs interference measurement, and set the terminal to use the first time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the first time window. It can be considered that the first time advance is the time advance used by the terminal when the network device performs interference measurement. In some cases, the first time advance can be set to be less than or equal to 0, such as shown in Figure 6. The serving cell network device can receive the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby avoiding ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device.

S12中根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,还可以包括以下步骤:Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances in S12 may further include the following steps:

在步骤S22中,在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In step S22, within the first time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the first timing advance.

在一些实施例中,终端可以在S21中确定的第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first timing advance within the first time window determined in S21.

也就是说,终端可以在网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。和/或,终端可以在应用第一时间提前量的时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。That is, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window in which the network device performs interference measurement. And/or, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window in which the first time advance is applied.

比如,终端可以确定网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,并且可以预先设定网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗与第一时间提前量相对应。则终端可以在网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。可以理解,该示例对应直接指示网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗的场景,在这种场景下,第一时间提前量可以为专用于网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗所对应的时间提前量。For example, the terminal can determine the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and can pre-set the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement to correspond to the first time advance. Then the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. It can be understood that this example corresponds to a scenario of directly indicating the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. In this scenario, the first time advance can be a time advance corresponding to the time window dedicated to the network device for performing interference measurement.

又比如,若终端确定的第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,则终端可以直接在该时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在第一时间窗内利用确定 的上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。这种情况可以是,终端直接确定应用第一时间提前量的时间窗的场景,而应用第一时间提前量的时间窗可以与网络设备进行干扰测量相关,也可以不相关,本公开不作限定。For another example, if the first time window determined by the terminal is a time window for applying the first time advance, the terminal can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance in the time window. The uplink data is sent at the uplink time unit boundary. This situation may be a scenario where the terminal directly determines the time window for applying the first time advance, and the time window for applying the first time advance may be related to or unrelated to the interference measurement performed by the network device, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,至少两个时间提前量包括第二时间提前量。图9是根据一示例性实施例示出的又一种通信方法流程图。如图9所示,方法还可以包括以下步骤:In the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, at least two timing advances include a second timing advance. FIG9 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG9 , the method may further include the following steps:

在步骤S31中,确定第二时间窗。In step S31 , a second time window is determined.

在一些实施例中,至少两个时间提前量可以包括第二时间提前量。In some embodiments, the at least two timing advances may include a second timing advance.

在一些实施例中,终端还可以确定第二时间窗。其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠。In some embodiments, the terminal may also determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain.

可以理解的是,由于第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠,因此,该第二时间窗可以为网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。和/或,该第二时间窗可以为应用第二时间提前量的时间窗。It is understandable that, since the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain, the second time window may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and/or the second time window may be a time window in which the second time advance is applied.

例如,终端接收网络设备发送的配置信息,该配置信息可以指示第二时间窗。终端基于该配置信息确定第二时间窗。For example, the terminal receives configuration information sent by the network device, and the configuration information may indicate the second time window. The terminal determines the second time window based on the configuration information.

可以明白,终端可以通过配置信息直接确定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。在一些情况下,终端可以将不进行干扰测量的时间窗作为第二时间窗,并在该时间窗内可以执行后续S32。终端也可以通过配置信息直接确定应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,并在该时间窗内执行S32。终端还可以通过配置信息确定第一时间窗,并隐式的指示第二时间窗。即,除第一时间窗以外,均可以认为是第二时间窗。但应当理解,应用第二时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,也可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。It can be understood that the terminal can directly determine the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement through configuration information. In some cases, the terminal can use the time window in which no interference measurement is performed as the second time window, and can perform subsequent S32 within the time window. The terminal can also directly determine the time window for applying the second time advance through configuration information, and perform S32 within the time window. The terminal can also determine the first time window through configuration information, and implicitly indicate the second time window. That is, except for the first time window, all can be considered as the second time window. However, it should be understood that the time window for applying the second time advance can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

如,终端接收到的配置信息中可以包括第二时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第二时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。终端基于配置信息中的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以确定第二时间窗。当然,第二时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者第二时间窗可以是应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。其中,应用第二时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者是网络设备进行干扰测量 的时间窗。For example, the configuration information received by the terminal may include one or more parameters such as the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the number of continuous time slots or symbols in the second time window. The terminal may determine the second time window based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the number of continuous time slots or symbols in the configuration information. Of course, the second time window may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or the second time window may be a time window in which the second time advance is applied, which is not limited in the present disclosure. Among them, the time window in which the second time advance is applied may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or the time window in which the network device performs interference measurement. time window.

在一些情况中,配置信息可以包括基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第一时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第一时间窗的持续时隙数量、第一时间窗的持续帧数量、第一时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.

又例如,终端基于第二预定义规则,确定第二时间窗。其中,第二预定义规则中,可以预先定义有网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者应用第二时间提前量的第二时间窗。比如第二预定义规则中,预先定义了哪些时域为网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者预先定义了哪些时域为应用第二时间提前量的第二时间窗。终端则可以基于第二预定义规则确定第二时间窗。For another example, the terminal determines the second time window based on the second predefined rule. Among them, the second predefined rule may predefine a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a second time window in which the second time advance is applied. For example, in the second predefined rule, which time domains are predefined as time windows in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or which time domains are predefined as second time windows in which the second time advance is applied. The terminal can determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.

比如,可以第二预定义规则可以预先定义持续的M个时间单元以及时间单元偏移量。其中,时间单元可以是OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧。假设以10个OFDM时隙为一个第二时间窗。则第二预定义规则可以预先定义有起始时隙和持续时长,或,起始时隙和结束时隙。如,以起始时隙为0为例,同一个帧内时隙0到时隙9为一个时间窗,时隙10到时隙19为另一个时间窗等。当然,假设时间单元偏移量为2,则同一个帧内,时隙2到时隙11为一个时间窗,时隙12到时隙21为另一个时间窗等。For example, the second predefined rule may predefine M continuous time units and a time unit offset. The time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a continuous duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, time slot 0 to time slot 9 in the same frame is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on. Of course, assuming that the time unit offset is 2, then in the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window, time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.

在一些实施例中,假设第二时间窗与第二NTA,offset相关联。则预定义时间偏移量的第一预定义规则中,还可以预先定义第二NTA,offset关联的窗索引。进而指示第二NTA,offset与第二时间窗之间的关联性。In some embodiments, assuming that the second time window is associated with the second N TA,offset , the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the second N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the second N TA,offset and the second time window.

再例如,终端可以通过确定第一时间窗,并将第一时间窗以外的时间窗作为第二时间窗。确定第一时间窗的方式可以参考S21中相应描述,本公开不再赘述。For another example, the terminal may determine a first time window and use a time window other than the first time window as a second time window. The manner of determining the first time window may refer to the corresponding description in S21, and will not be described in detail in this disclosure.

假设第二时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量时的时间窗,在第二时间窗内设定终端采用第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。可以认为该第二时间提前量即网络设备不进行干扰测量时,终端采用的时间提前量。在一些情况下,第二时间提前量可以设置为大于或等于0。例如图7所示出的,当第二时间提前量大于0时则预留了网络设备进行上下行转换时间,可以降低网络设备上下行转换占用其它符号的数量,减少被占用符号无法进行通信的情况,增加可用符号数量,进而提升数据传输效率。而当第二时间提前量等于0的情况,则可以配置为与第一时间提前量相同,即仅配置一个时间提前量即可,减少配置时间提前量而产生的通信开销。Assuming that the second time window can be a time window when the network device does not perform interference measurement, the terminal is set to use the second time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the second time window. It can be considered that the second time advance is the time advance used by the terminal when the network device does not perform interference measurement. In some cases, the second time advance can be set to be greater than or equal to 0. For example, as shown in Figure 7, when the second time advance is greater than 0, the network device is reserved for uplink and downlink conversion time, which can reduce the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion, reduce the situation where the occupied symbols cannot communicate, increase the number of available symbols, and thus improve data transmission efficiency. When the second time advance is equal to 0, it can be configured to be the same as the first time advance, that is, only one time advance is configured, reducing the communication overhead generated by configuring the time advance.

S12中根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,还可以包括以下步骤:Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances in S12 may further include the following steps:

在步骤S32中,在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。 In step S32, within the second time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the second timing advance.

在一些实施例中,终端可以在S31中确定的第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second timing advance within the second time window determined in S31.

也就是说,终端可以在网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。和/或,终端可以在应用第二时间提前量的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。和/或,终端可以在除第一时间窗以外的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。That is, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And/or, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the second time advance is applied. And/or, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window other than the first time window.

比如,终端可以确定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,并且可以预先设定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗与第二时间提前量相对应。则终端可以在网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。可以理解,该示例对应直接指示网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗的场景,在这种场景下,第二时间提前量可以为专用于网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗所对应的时间提前量。For example, the terminal can determine the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and can pre-set the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement to correspond to the second time advance. Then the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. It can be understood that this example corresponds to a scenario of a time window that directly indicates that the network device does not perform interference measurement. In this scenario, the second time advance can be a time advance corresponding to a time window dedicated to the network device not performing interference measurement.

又比如,若终端确定的第二时间窗为应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,则终端可以直接在该时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在第二时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。这种情况可以是终端直接确定应用第二时间提前量的时间窗的场景,而应用第二时间提前量的时间窗可以与网络设备不进行干扰测量相关,也可以不相关,本公开不作限定。For another example, if the second time window determined by the terminal is a time window for applying the second time advance, the terminal can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window. This situation can be a scenario where the terminal directly determines the time window for applying the second time advance, and the time window for applying the second time advance may be related to or not related to the network device not performing interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

再比如,若终端通过确定第一时间窗,进而确定除第一时间窗以外的时间窗为第二时间窗,终端可以在该时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在第二时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。当然,在这种情况下,可以预先设定第二时间窗与第二时间提前量之间的对应关系。For another example, if the terminal determines the first time window and then determines that the time window other than the first time window is the second time window, the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time window based on the second time advance. And send uplink data using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window. Of course, in this case, the corresponding relationship between the second time window and the second time advance can be preset.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗可以通过以下至少一种方式确定:接收第二配置信息,基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first time window and/or the second time window can be determined by at least one of the following methods: receiving second configuration information, and determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

其中,在一些实施例中,终端可以接收第二配置信息。终端可以基于接收到的第二配置信息,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the terminal may receive the second configuration information. The terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the received second configuration information.

例如,终端接收网络设备发送的第二配置信息。该第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。终端可以根据接收到的第二配置信息,确定出第一时间窗和/或第二时 间窗。For example, the terminal receives second configuration information sent by the network device. The second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window. The terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to the received second configuration information. Window.

如,第二配置信息可以指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。其中,第一时间窗口可以与第一NTA,offset对应,第二时间窗口可以与第二NTA,offset对应。在一些情况下,可以设定第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗。当然,第一时间窗也可以为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗也可以为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,本公开不作限定。终端根据接收到的第二配置信息可以确定出上述第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗,以便终端后续在第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗内基于对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。For example, the second configuration information may indicate the first time window and/or the second time window. The first time window may correspond to the first N TA, offset , and the second time window may correspond to the second N TA, offset . In some cases, the first time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and the second time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. Of course, the first time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the second time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure. The terminal may determine the above-mentioned first time window and/or second time window based on the received second configuration information, so that the terminal may subsequently determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the first time window and/or the second time window, and send uplink data.

可以明白,本公开通过第一时间窗配置关联的第一NTA,offset,以及为第二时间窗配置关联的第二NTA,offset。可以保证,当第一NTA,offset为小于等于0的情况下,如图6示出的,在第一时间窗内避免终端发送上行数据与邻小区网络设备发送参考信号之间产生ISI干扰。并且,当第二NTA,offset为大于0的情况下,如图7示出的,可以保证在第二时间窗内降低网络设备进行上下行转换占用其它符号的数量,增加可用符号数量,进而提升数据传输效率。It can be understood that the present disclosure configures the first N TA, offset associated with the first time window and the second N TA, offset associated with the second time window. It can be ensured that when the first N TA, offset is less than or equal to 0, as shown in FIG6, ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device is avoided in the first time window. And when the second N TA, offset is greater than 0, as shown in FIG7, it can be ensured that the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion is reduced in the second time window, the number of available symbols is increased, and the data transmission efficiency is improved.

例如,第二配置信息可以承载在RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI。For example, the second configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.

如,终端可以接收网络设备发送的RMR配置,终端根据RMR中指示的相应信息,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。其中,RMR可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI承载。比如,通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的某一种信令承载,或者通过多个信令承载。如通过RRC信令指示部分时间窗,再通过DCI激活RRC指示的多个时间窗中的一个或多个,进而确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。之后,终端可以在第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗对应的时域范围内,基于对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。For example, the terminal can receive the RMR configuration sent by the network device, and the terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to the corresponding information indicated in the RMR. Among them, RMR can be carried by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI. For example, it can be carried by one of the signalings among RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI, or by multiple signalings. For example, part of the time window is indicated by RRC signaling, and then one or more of the multiple time windows indicated by RRC are activated by DCI, thereby determining the first time window and/or the second time window. Afterwards, the terminal can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, and send uplink data.

针对第一时间窗,终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗。终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息指示网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,终端可以将该时间窗作为第一时间窗。或者,终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息指示应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,终端可以将该时间窗作为第一时间窗。For the first time window, the terminal may receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window. The terminal may receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information indicates a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and the terminal may use the time window as the first time window. Alternatively, the terminal may receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information indicates a time window for applying the first time advance, and the terminal may use the time window as the first time window.

比如,第二配置信息中配置了第一时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第一时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。终端基于配置信息中的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以确定第一时间窗。 For example, the second configuration information configures one or more parameters such as a configuration period of the first time window, a measurement time slot offset or a measurement symbol offset, and a continuous time slot or symbol number of the first time window. The terminal may determine the first time window based on one or more parameters such as a configuration period, a measurement time slot offset or a measurement symbol offset, and a continuous time slot or symbol number in the configuration information.

在一些情况中,第二配置信息可以包括与第一时间窗相关的参数。如,基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第一时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第一时间窗的持续时隙数量、第一时间窗的持续帧数量、第一时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the second configuration information may include parameters related to the first time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, and the like.

同理,针对第二时间窗,终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于指示第二时间窗。终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息指示网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,终端可以将该时间窗作为第二时间窗。或者,终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息指示应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,终端可以将该时间窗作为第二时间窗。再或者,终端可以接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息指示了第一时间窗,终端可以将第一时间窗以外均作为第二时间窗。Similarly, for the second time window, the terminal may receive second configuration information, which is used to indicate the second time window. The terminal may receive second configuration information, which indicates a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the terminal may use the time window as the second time window. Alternatively, the terminal may receive second configuration information, which indicates a time window in which the second time advance is applied, and the terminal may use the time window as the second time window. Alternatively, the terminal may receive second configuration information, which indicates the first time window, and the terminal may use all time windows other than the first time window as the second time window.

比如,第二配置信息中配置了第二时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第二时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。终端基于配置信息中的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以确定第二时间窗。For example, the second configuration information configures one or more of the parameters such as the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the second time window. The terminal may determine the second time window based on the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols, and the one or more parameters in the configuration information.

在一些情况中,第二配置信息可以包括与第二时间窗相关的参数。如,基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第二时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第二时间窗的持续时隙数量、第二时间窗的持续帧数量、第二时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the second configuration information may include parameters related to the second time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the second time window, the number of continuous time slots in the second time window, the number of continuous frames in the second time window, the number of continuous subframes in the second time window, and the like.

在一些实施例中,终端可以基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

例如,第二预定义规则预先定义了第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗,如预先定义了使用第一NTA,offset的第一时间窗,和/或使用第二NTA,offset的第二时间窗。在一些情况下,可以设定第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗。当然,第一时间窗也可以为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗也可以为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,本公开不作限定。终端根据预先定义的第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗,以便终端后续在第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗对应的时域范围内,基于对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。For example, the second predefined rule predefines the first time window and/or the second time window, such as predefines the first time window using the first N TA, offset , and/or the second time window using the second N TA, offset . In some cases, the first time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and the second time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. Of course, the first time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the second time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure. The terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to the predefined second predefined rule, so that the terminal subsequently determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, and sends uplink data.

比如,可以第二预定义规则可以预先定义持续的N个时间单元和/或M个时间单元,其中,时间单元可以是OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧。假设以10个OFDM时隙为一个第一时间窗。5个OFDM时隙为一个第二时间窗。则第二预定义规则可以预先定义各时间窗的起始时隙和持续时长,或,各时间窗的起始时隙和结束时隙。如,同一个帧内时 隙0到时隙9为一个第一时间窗,时隙10到时隙14为一个第二时间窗等。当然,第二预定义规则中还可以定义时间窗的偏移参数。假设偏移参数为2,则同一个帧内,时隙2到时隙11为一个第一时间窗,时隙12到时隙16为一个第二时间窗等。For example, the second predefined rule may predefine N continuous time units and/or M time units, wherein the time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window and 5 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine the start time slot and duration of each time window, or the start time slot and end time slot of each time window. For example, within the same frame, Slot 0 to slot 9 is a first time window, slot 10 to slot 14 is a second time window, etc. Of course, the second predefined rule can also define an offset parameter of the time window. Assuming the offset parameter is 2, in the same frame, slot 2 to slot 11 is a first time window, slot 12 to slot 16 is a second time window, etc.

在一些实施例中,假设第一时间窗与第一NTA,offset相关联,和/或第二时间窗与第二NTA,offset相关联。则预定义时间偏移量的第一预定义规则中,还可以预先定义第一NTA,offset关联的窗索引,和/或预先定义第二NTA,offset关联的窗索引。进而指示第一NTA,offset与第一时间窗之间的关联性,和/或指示第二NTA,offset与第二时间窗之间的关联性。In some embodiments, assuming that the first time window is associated with the first N TA, offset , and/or the second time window is associated with the second N TA, offset , then in the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset, the window index associated with the first N TA, offset may be predefined, and/or the window index associated with the second N TA, offset may be predefined, thereby indicating the association between the first N TA , offset and the first time window, and/or indicating the association between the second N TA, offset and the second time window.

在一些实施例中,终端可以基于第二配置信息以及第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.

例如,终端可以首先确定是否接收到第二配置信息。在终端接收到第二配置信息的情况下,可以基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。若在第二预设时间内,终端未接收到第二配置信息,则终端可以基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。或者,终端接收到的第二配置信息仅指示了第一时间窗或第二时间窗,即第二配置信息并未指示至少两个时间窗的全部。终端可以基于第二预定义规则,确定第二配置信息中未指示的时间窗。For example, the terminal may first determine whether the second configuration information is received. In the case where the terminal receives the second configuration information, the first time window and/or the second time window may be determined based on the second configuration information. If the terminal does not receive the second configuration information within the second preset time, the terminal may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule. Alternatively, the second configuration information received by the terminal only indicates the first time window or the second time window, that is, the second configuration information does not indicate all of at least two time windows. The terminal may determine the time window not indicated in the second configuration information based on the second predefined rule.

比如,以至少两个时间窗为两个时间窗为例。两个时间窗可以包括第一时间窗和第二时间窗。For example, taking the at least two time windows as two time windows as an example, the two time windows may include a first time window and a second time window.

一些情况下,终端在第二预设时间内接收到第二配置信息,则终端可以基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和第二时间窗。在另一些情况下,若终端在第二预设时间内并未接收到第二配置信息,则终端可以基于第二预设规则确定第一时间窗和第二时间窗。比如,第二预设规则中预先规定了网络设备进行干扰检测的时间窗,或者预先规定了应用第一NTA,offset的时间窗;以及,第二预设规则中预先规定了网络设备不进行干扰检测的时间窗,或者预先规定了应用第二NTA,offset的时间窗,或者预先规定了第一时间窗并隐式指示第二时间窗(即第一时间窗以外均为第二时间窗)。终端可以基于第二预设规则,确定出第一时间窗和第二时间窗。In some cases, if the terminal receives the second configuration information within the second preset time, the terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second configuration information. In other cases, if the terminal does not receive the second configuration information within the second preset time, the terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second preset rule. For example, the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the first N TA, offset ; and, the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device not to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the second N TA, offset , or predefines the first time window and implicitly indicates the second time window (that is, all time windows other than the first time window are the second time window). The terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second preset rule.

在另一些情况下,第二配置信息可以仅指示第一时间窗和第二时间窗中的某一个时间窗。终端可以基于接收到的第二配置信息确定第二配置信息指示的时间窗。这种情况下,终端可以基于第二预定义规则,进一步确定另一个未指示的时间窗。假设终端接收到第二配置信息,并基于第二配置信息确定了第一时间窗。同时,第二预定义规则中预先定义了第二时间窗,则终端可以基于第二预定义规则确定第二时间窗。 In other cases, the second configuration information may indicate only one of the first time window and the second time window. The terminal may determine the time window indicated by the second configuration information based on the received second configuration information. In this case, the terminal may further determine another unindicated time window based on the second predefined rule. Assuming that the terminal receives the second configuration information and determines the first time window based on the second configuration information. At the same time, the second time window is predefined in the second predefined rule, the terminal may determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.

例如,可以假设终端在第二预设时间内接收到了RMR配置,并基于RMR配置确定了第一时间窗或第二时间窗。可以假设第二预定义规则中预先定义了第一时间窗和第二时间窗中未确定的时间窗,则终端还可以基于第二预定义规则确定第二配置信息中未指示的时间窗。在一些情况下,第一时间窗和第二时间窗中的一个时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,另一个可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。For example, it can be assumed that the terminal receives the RMR configuration within the second preset time and determines the first time window or the second time window based on the RMR configuration. It can be assumed that the second predefined rule predefines the time window that is not determined in the first time window and the second time window, and the terminal can also determine the time window not indicated in the second configuration information based on the second predefined rule. In some cases, one of the first time window and the second time window may be a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.

可以理解,第二预定义规则如何定义第一时间窗和第二时间窗,可以参考前述实施例的描述,本公开不再赘述。It can be understood that how the second predefined rule defines the first time window and the second time window can be referred to the description of the aforementioned embodiment, and the present disclosure will not elaborate on it.

当然,上述各实施例中,终端基于第二配置信息确定至少两个时间窗,可以是在终端接收到第二配置信息时执行,或者在终端接收到第二配置信息之后的某个时间点执行。本公开不作限定。同时,在上述各实施例中,终端基于第二预定义规则确定至少两个时间窗,可以是终端在任意时间点基于第二预定义规则确定至少两个时间窗,本公开不作限定。Of course, in the above embodiments, the terminal determines at least two time windows based on the second configuration information, which may be performed when the terminal receives the second configuration information, or at a certain time point after the terminal receives the second configuration information. This disclosure is not limited. At the same time, in the above embodiments, the terminal determines at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule, which may be the terminal determining at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule at any time point, which is not limited in this disclosure.

可以理解,上述提到的第二预设时间可以是终端确定是否接收到第二配置信息的时间段。例如预先设定一个第二预设时间,用于终端确定是否在该时间段内接收到第二配置信息,或者基于第二配置信息确定了至少两个时间窗中的全部。比如,可以预先定义第二预设时间的起始时间和第二预设时间的持续时长,或者预先定义预设第二时间的起始时间和第二预设时间的结束时间。当终端在第二预设时间所对应的时域范围内,若未接收到第二配置信息,或者没有基于第二配置信息确定了至少两个时间窗中的全部,则终端可以进一步通过第二预定义规则,确定其余未确定的时间提前量。It can be understood that the second preset time mentioned above can be a time period for the terminal to determine whether the second configuration information is received. For example, a second preset time is pre-set for the terminal to determine whether the second configuration information is received within the time period, or all of at least two time windows are determined based on the second configuration information. For example, the start time of the second preset time and the duration of the second preset time can be pre-defined, or the start time of the preset second time and the end time of the second preset time can be pre-defined. When the terminal is within the time domain range corresponding to the second preset time, if the second configuration information is not received, or all of at least two time windows are not determined based on the second configuration information, the terminal can further determine the remaining undetermined time advance through a second predefined rule.

在一些实施例中,第二预设时间可以是基于OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧进行定义,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the second preset time may be defined based on an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

应当明白,上述第二预设时间可以根据实际情况进行任意设置,本公开不作限定。It should be understood that the second preset time mentioned above can be set arbitrarily according to actual conditions, and the present disclosure does not limit it.

在一些实施例中,第二配置信息可以是RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI中的任意一种或多种组合,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the second configuration information may be any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

可以明白,在该实施例中,终端可以基于第二配置信息以及第二预定义规则,进行联合确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the terminal can jointly determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定时间窗多种方式,以便终端可以在相应时间窗内使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in the first time unit after the first time window and/or in the last time unit within the first time window.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道 和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, at the first time unit after the first time window, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or uplink signals.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换后的第一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上发送上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the first time unit after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot, when performing uplink/downlink conversion. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.

例如,上行信道可以包括物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). The uplink signal may be a sounding reference signal (SRS).

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, at the last time unit in the first time window, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换前的最后一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上发送上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last time unit before the uplink/downlink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

可以理解,本公开所涉及的“不期待”即表示不关注是否发生后面描述的事件,比如终端不期待接收A信息,表示终端不关注是否可以接收到A信息。也就是说,对端可以不发送A信息,则终端将无法接收到A信息。也可以对端仍然发送A信息,但终端可以选择忽略A信息,或者在接收到A信息后将其丢弃或标记为无效。当然具体实现过程本公开不作限定。It can be understood that the "not expecting" involved in the present disclosure means not paying attention to whether the event described later occurs. For example, if the terminal does not expect to receive information A, it means that the terminal does not care whether information A can be received. In other words, the other end may not send information A, and the terminal will not be able to receive information A. Alternatively, the other end may still send information A, but the terminal may choose to ignore information A, or discard or mark information A as invalid after receiving it. Of course, the present disclosure does not limit the specific implementation process.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后相邻的多个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in a plurality of adjacent time units after the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换后相邻的多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,终端不期待在该多个时间单元上发送上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy multiple adjacent time units after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in these multiple time units.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后多个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal during the last multiple time units within the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换前的最后多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上发送上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待发送信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行 上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况,提高数据传输效率。。The present invention avoids the problem of network devices performing It can solve the data transmission failure caused by uplink and downlink switching and improve the data transmission efficiency.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, at the first time unit after the first time window and/or at the last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, at a first time unit after the first time window, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换后的第一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上接收下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the first time unit after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot. The network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal in this time unit.

例如,下行信道可以包括物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)、物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The downlink signal may be a CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, at the last time unit in the first time window, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换前的最后一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上接收下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last time unit before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot, when performing uplink/downlink conversion. The network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal in this time unit.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后的多个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during a plurality of time units after the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换后的多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上接收下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy multiple time units after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots. The network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in this time unit.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后多个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during the last plurality of time units within the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换前的最后多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上接收下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots, for uplink/downlink conversion. The network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in these time units.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待接收信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况,提高数据传输效率。 The present disclosure improves data transmission efficiency by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units to avoid data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first timing advance is less than or equal to 0.

在一些实施例中,第一时间提前量可以小于或者等于0。In some embodiments, the first timing advance may be less than or equal to zero.

例如,第一NTA,offset小于0。或者,第一NTA,offset等于0。For example, the first N TA, offset is less than 0. Or, the first N TA, offset is equal to 0.

可以理解,当第一NTA,offset小于或等于0,如图6所示出的,服务小区的终端基于该第一NTA,offset确定的上行时间单元边界,可以与基准时间相同。使得服务小区的网络设备可以在CP持续时间内接收到本小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。进而避免了本小区终端发送的上行数据与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号之间产生ISI干扰。It can be understood that when the first N TA, offset is less than or equal to 0, as shown in FIG6 , the uplink time unit boundary determined by the terminal of the serving cell based on the first N TA, offset can be the same as the reference time. This allows the network equipment of the serving cell to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell within the CP duration. This avoids ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell.

在一些实施例中,考虑到网络设备进行上下行切换可能会占用上下行切换前后的某一个符号,并导致网络设备在该被占用的符号上无法进行数据传输,也就是该符号对于网络设备不可用。而终端也需要进行上下行切换,并且当终端采用第一NTA,offset时,上下行切换同样会占用上下行切换前后的某一个符号。并导致终端在该被占用的符号上无法进行数据传输,也就是该符号对于终端不可用。In some embodiments, it is considered that the network device may occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching when performing uplink and downlink switching, and the network device cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the network device. The terminal also needs to perform uplink and downlink switching, and when the terminal adopts the first NTA,offset , the uplink and downlink switching will also occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. And the terminal cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the terminal.

因此,在一些实施例中,可以配置终端与网络设备不可用的符号为同一个符号。即网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号,与终端进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号为同一个符号。Therefore, in some embodiments, the terminal and the network device unavailable symbol may be configured as the same symbol, that is, a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device is the same symbol as a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the terminal.

在一些实施例中,可以配置终端期待进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号,与网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号为同一个符号。In some embodiments, a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching that the terminal expects to be occupied by can be configured to be the same symbol as a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching.

或者,在一些实施例中,可以配置终端不期待进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号,与网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号为不同的符号。Alternatively, in some embodiments, the terminal may be configured not to expect a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching to be occupied by the uplink and downlink switching, which is different from a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for the uplink and downlink switching.

本公开提供了较为具体的第一时间提前量,以便终端使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以保证服务小区网络设备在CP持续时间内接收到相同服务小区终端发送的上行数据,与邻小区网络设备发送的用于干扰测量的参考信号,从而有效降低信号间的干扰,提升数据传输效率和干扰测量精度。The present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance so that the terminal uses an appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to 0.

在一些实施例中,第二时间提前量可以大于或者等于0。In some embodiments, the second timing advance may be greater than or equal to zero.

例如,第二NTA,offset大于0。或者,第二NTA,offset等于0。For example, the second N TA, offset is greater than 0. Or, the second N TA, offset is equal to 0.

可以理解,当第二NTA,offset等于0时,可以认为第二NTA,offset可以与第一NTA,offset相同。 因此可以仅配置一个时间提前量即可,进而减少配置多个时间提前量所带来的资源消耗以及信令开销。It can be understood that when the second N TA,offset is equal to 0, it can be considered that the second N TA,offset can be the same as the first N TA,offset . Therefore, only one timing advance value may be configured, thereby reducing resource consumption and signaling overhead caused by configuring multiple timing advance values.

当第二NTA,offset大于0时,第二NTA,offset可以与常规方案中TDD场景下的NTA,offset相同。这种情况下,如图7示出的,终端基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。正如图7中第一个上行(uplink,UL)符号对应的起始位置。该起始位置即图7中上行数据发送时间所指示的位置。图7中所示出的TTA,offset表示为基于NTA,offset确定的具体提前时长。其中,TTA,offset等于NTA,offsetTc,Tc为时间基本量。可以看出,图7中示出的斜线填充区域表示了终端发送上行数据的上行时间单元与下行时间单元之间的时延。其中,该时延可以基于第二NTA,offset确定。在一些例子中,假设第二NTA,offset所使用的场景为网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景,则无需考虑网络设备是否可以在CP持续时间内接收到本服务小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。这种情况下,网络设备可以利用该时间段进行上下行切换,进而无需占用上下行切换前或上下行切换后的某一个符号。从而避免了上下行切换被占用符号的数量,提升了上行传输性能。When the second N TA, offset is greater than 0, the second N TA, offset may be the same as N TA, offset in the TDD scenario in the conventional scheme. In this case, as shown in FIG7 , the terminal determines the boundary of the uplink time unit for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . As shown in FIG7 , the starting position corresponding to the first uplink (UL) symbol. The starting position is the position indicated by the uplink data sending time in FIG7 . T TA, offset shown in FIG7 represents the specific advance duration determined based on N TA, offset . Among them, T TA, offset is equal to N TA, offset T c , and T c is the basic amount of time. It can be seen that the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7 represents the delay between the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for the terminal to send uplink data. Among them, the delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset . In some examples, assuming that the scenario used by the second NTA, offset is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, there is no need to consider whether the network device can receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration. In this case, the network device can use this time period for uplink and downlink switching, and does not need to occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching and improves uplink transmission performance.

本公开提供了较为具体的第二时间提前量,以便终端使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

基于相同构思,本公开还提供了应用于网络设备的通信方法。Based on the same concept, the present disclosure also provides a communication method applied to a network device.

图10是根据一示例性实施例示出的再一种通信方法流程图,如图10所示,方法可以由网络设备执行,方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 10 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method may be executed by a network device, and the method may include the following steps:

在步骤S41中,确定至少两个时间提前量。In step S41, at least two timing advances are determined.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以确定至少两个时间提前量。例如,不同的时间提前量可以适用于与网络设备进行干扰测量相关联的不同条件,或者不同的时间提前量可以适用于预先配置的指定场景,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the network device may determine at least two timing advances. For example, different timing advances may be applicable to different conditions associated with interference measurement performed by the network device, or different timing advances may be applicable to pre-configured specified scenarios, which are not limited in the present disclosure.

例如,网络设备可以确定至少两个小区级别的TA信息。比如可以是两个NTA,offset。其中,不同的NTA,offset适用的条件不同。比如,不同的条件可以与网络设备进行干扰测量相关。则一个NTA,offset可以与网络设备进行干扰测量相关,另一个NTA,offset可以与网络设备不进行干扰测量相关。For example, the network device may determine at least two cell-level TA information. For example, there may be two N TA, offsets . Different N TA, offsets are applicable to different conditions. For example, different conditions may be related to the network device performing interference measurement. Then one N TA, offset may be related to the network device performing interference measurement, and another N TA, offset may be related to the network device not performing interference measurement.

例如,网络设备可以直接配置至少两个NTA,offset。其中,配置的至少两个NTA,offset,可以用于不同场景下使用。假设至少两个NTA,offset包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。其中, 第一NTA,offset可以应用于第一场景。网络设备可以配置第一NTA,offset,并将第一NTA,offset作为第一场景所对应的时域范围内采用的NTA,offset,以便网络设备在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。或者,网络设备配置了第一NTA,offset,并且配置了第一NTA,offset对应第一场景,以及配置了第一场景对应的时域范围。网络设备可以基于配置确定在第一场景下使用的第一NTA,offset。以便终端在处于第一场景所对应的时域范围内,采用第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。同理,第二NTA,offset可以应用于第二场景。网络设备可以配置第二NTA,offset。并将第二NTA,offset作为第二场景所对应的时域范围内采用的NTA,offset,以便网络设备在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。或者,网络设备配置了第二NTA,offset,并且配置了第二NTA,offset对应第二场景,以及配置了第二场景对应的时域范围。网络设备可以基于配置确定在第二场景下使用的第二NTA,offset。以便终端在处于第二场景所对应的时域范围内,采用第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。For example, the network device may directly configure at least two N TA, offsets . The configured at least two N TA, offsets may be used in different scenarios. Assume that the at least two N TA, offsets include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset . The first N TA, offset can be applied to the first scenario. The network device can configure the first N TA, offset and use the first N TA, offset as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario, so that the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. Alternatively, the network device configures the first N TA, offset , configures the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. The network device can determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario based on the configuration. So that the terminal uses the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. Similarly, the second N TA, offset can be applied to the second scenario. The network device can configure the second N TA, offset . And the second N TA, offset is used as the N TA, offset used in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario, so that the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. Alternatively, the network device is configured with the second N TA, offset , and the second N TA, offset is configured to correspond to the second scenario, and the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario is configured. The network device can determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario based on the configuration. So that the terminal uses the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data in the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.

又例如,网络设备可以根据预定义规则的方式确定至少两个NTA,offset。其中,预定义规则中可以预先定义至少两个NTA,offset。比如,基于不同的使用场景,分别预先定义相对应的NTA,offset。如,预先定义至少两个应用场景下各场景对应的NTA,offset。假设至少两个NTA,offset包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。第一NTA,offset可以应用于第一场景,第二NTA,offset可以应用于第二场景。网络设备根据预定义规则,可以确定在第一场景下使用的第一NTA,offset,和/或确定在第二场景下使用的第二NTA,offset。以便网络设备可以在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。和/或,在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。可以明白,第一场景与第二场景为不同的应用场景。其中,网络设备进行干扰测量的时域范围可以通过信令指示或预定义规则方式确定,具体确定方式与时间窗类似,可以参考后续相应实施例的描述,本公开对此不再赘述。For another example, the network device may determine at least two N TA, offsets according to predefined rules. Among them, at least two N TA, offsets may be predefined in the predefined rules. For example, based on different usage scenarios, corresponding N TA, offsets are predefined respectively. For example, N TA, offsets corresponding to each scenario in at least two application scenarios are predefined. Assume that at least two N TA, offsets include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset . The first N TA, offset may be applied to the first scenario, and the second N TA, offset may be applied to the second scenario. The network device may determine the first N TA, offset used in the first scenario and/or determine the second N TA, offset used in the second scenario according to the predefined rules. So that the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. And/or, determine the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. It can be understood that the first scenario and the second scenario are different application scenarios. Among them, the time domain range for the network device to perform interference measurement can be determined by signaling instructions or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window. Please refer to the description of the subsequent corresponding embodiments, and this disclosure will not repeat it.

在一些情况下,上述提到的第一场景和第二场景中的一个场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景,另一个场景可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。In some cases, one of the first scenario and the second scenario mentioned above may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.

在步骤S42中,根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。 In step S42, an uplink time unit boundary is determined according to at least two timing advances.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以根据S41中确定的至少两个时间提前量,确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances determined in S41.

例如,网络设备可以网络设备当前所处的时域范围,采用S41中确定的至少两个NTA,offset中的一个,确定上行时间单元边界。在一些情况下,网络设备当前所处的时域范围可以与网络设备是否进行干扰测量相关。其中,不同的时域范围可以对应不同的场景。For example, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary using one of the at least two NTA,offsets determined in S41 based on the current time domain range of the network device. In some cases, the current time domain range of the network device may be related to whether the network device performs interference measurement. Different time domain ranges may correspond to different scenarios.

比如,网络设备在S41中基于配置或预定义规则方式,确定了不同的NTA,offset,以及各NTA,offset对应的场景。则网络设备可以在对应场景下选择与该场景相对应的NTA,offset,确定上行时间单元边界。For example, the network device determines different N TA, offset and the scenarios corresponding to each N TA, offset based on configuration or predefined rules in S41. Then the network device can select N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario in the corresponding scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary.

可以理解,上行时间单元边界表示接收上行数据的时间边界,比如网络设备接收上行数据的起始时间边界。其中,上行时间单元边界可以是上行OFDM symbol的边界,也可以是上行OFDM slot的边界。It can be understood that the uplink time unit boundary represents the time boundary for receiving uplink data, such as the starting time boundary for a network device to receive uplink data. The uplink time unit boundary can be the boundary of an uplink OFDM symbol or the boundary of an uplink OFDM slot.

本公开中的“边界”通常可以理解为起始位置,如OFDM symbol的起始位置、OFDM slot的起始位置等。其中,上行时间单元边界可以认为是上行OFDM symbol或上行OFDM slot的起始位置。例如可以通过帧定时的方式确定上行OFDM symbol或上行OFDM slot的起始位置。The "boundary" in the present disclosure can generally be understood as a starting position, such as the starting position of an OFDM symbol, the starting position of an OFDM slot, etc. Among them, the uplink time unit boundary can be considered as the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot. For example, the starting position of an uplink OFDM symbol or an uplink OFDM slot can be determined by frame timing.

在步骤S43中,基于上行时间单元边界接收上行数据。In step S43, uplink data is received based on the uplink time unit boundary.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以基于S42中确定的上行时间单元边界,接收上行数据。其中,上行数据可以是与网络设备处于同一个服务小区的终端发送的上行数据。In some embodiments, the network device may receive uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary determined in S42, wherein the uplink data may be uplink data sent by a terminal in the same serving cell as the network device.

在一些实施例中,网络设备还可以接收邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号,该参考信号可以是用于进行干扰测量的参考信号。可以理解,干扰测量可以是CLI测量。In some embodiments, the network device may also receive a reference signal sent by a neighboring cell network device, and the reference signal may be a reference signal used for interference measurement. It is understood that the interference measurement may be a CLI measurement.

可以明白,网络设备可以在S42中根据确定的至少两个NTA,offset,确定上行时间单元边界。并基于该上行时间单元边界接收服务小区终端发送的上行数据。可以通过配置多个NTA,offset,使得网络设备在不同的场景下采用合适的NTA,offset,确定相应场景中的上行时间单元边界。相比于一些方案中固定采用zeroNTA,offset的情况,本公开可以降低小区中不可用符号的数量。并且当场景与网络设备进行干扰测量相关的情况下,终端也可以采用合适的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,进而避免与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号产生ISI干扰。It can be understood that the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary in S42 according to the at least two determined N TA, offset . And receive the uplink data sent by the service cell terminal based on the uplink time unit boundary. By configuring multiple N TA, offset , the network device can use appropriate N TA, offset in different scenarios to determine the uplink time unit boundary in the corresponding scenario. Compared with the fixed use of zero N TA, offset in some schemes, the present disclosure can reduce the number of unusable symbols in the cell. And when the scenario is related to the interference measurement of the network device, the terminal can also use appropriate N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary, thereby avoiding ISI interference with the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device.

在一些实施例中,为实现服务小区网络设备在CP持续时间内,可以接收来自服务小区终端发送的上行信号和来自邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号,第一NTA,offset可以是小于 或等于0。例如图6所示出的,网络设备基于第一NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界,并基于上述上行时间单元边界传输上行数据。在NTA,offset=0的条件下,上行数据到达网络设备的时间与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号到达时间间隔等于Tdelay。其中,Tdelay为参考信号从邻小区网络设备到服务小区网络设备的传输时间。考虑到服务小区网络设备和邻小区网络设备之间的距离相对较近(比如可以是500m)。在大多数场景下,Tdelay小于对应OFDM符号中的CP持续时间。基于此,可以保证网络设备在CP范围内接收到相同服务小区的终端发送的上行数据和邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号,从而有效降低信号间的ISI干扰,提升数据传输效率和干扰测量精度。可以理解,邻小区发送的参考信号可以是用于干扰测量的参考信号,比如可以是CLI RS。In some embodiments, in order to enable the serving cell network device to receive the uplink signal sent from the serving cell terminal and the reference signal sent from the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration, the first NTA, offset may be less than Or equal to 0. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the first N TA, offset , and transmits the uplink data based on the above uplink time unit boundary. Under the condition of N TA, offset = 0, the time interval between the time when the uplink data arrives at the network device and the time when the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device arrives is equal to T delay . Among them, T delay is the transmission time of the reference signal from the neighboring cell network device to the serving cell network device. Considering that the distance between the serving cell network device and the neighboring cell network device is relatively close (for example, it can be 500m). In most scenarios, T delay is less than the CP duration in the corresponding OFDM symbol. Based on this, it can be ensured that the network device receives the uplink data sent by the terminal of the same serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP range, thereby effectively reducing the ISI interference between the signals and improving the data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy. It can be understood that the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell can be a reference signal for interference measurement, such as CLI RS.

在一些实施例中,为保证网络设备和/或终端的上下行转换时间,第二NTA,offset可以为大于0。例如图7所示出的,网络设备基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。可以看出,网络设备发送上行数据的上行时间单元与下行时间单元具有一定时延,即图7中示出的斜线填充区域。该时延可以基于第二NTA,offset确定。在一些例子中,假设第二NTA,offset所使用的场景为网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景,则无需考虑网络设备是否可以在CP持续时间内接收到本服务小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。这种情况下,服务小区网络设备基于第二NTA,offset确定接收上行数据的上行时间单元边界,使得上行时间单元相比下行时间单元提前了一定时长。网络设备在进行上下行切换时,可以利用该时间段进行上下行切换,进而无需占用上下行切换前或上下行切换后的某一个符号。从而避免了上下行切换被占用符号的数量,提升了上行传输性能。In some embodiments, in order to ensure the uplink and downlink switching time of the network device and/or the terminal, the second N TA, offset may be greater than 0. For example, as shown in FIG7, the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . It can be seen that the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for sending uplink data by the network device have a certain delay, that is, the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7. The delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset . In some examples, assuming that the scenario used by the second N TA, offset is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, there is no need to consider whether the network device can receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration. In this case, the serving cell network device determines the uplink time unit boundary for receiving uplink data based on the second N TA, offset , so that the uplink time unit is ahead of the downlink time unit by a certain time duration. When the network device performs uplink and downlink switching, it can use this time period for uplink and downlink switching, and thus does not need to occupy a certain symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching, and improves the uplink transmission performance.

本公开通过为终端配置多个不同的时间提前量,以使得网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,S41中确定至少两个时间提前量可以包括:确定第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量;发送第一配置信息;和/或,基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, determining at least two time advances in S41 may include: determining first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two time advances; sending the first configuration information; and/or, based on a first predefined rule, determining at least two time advances.

其中,在一些实施例中,网络设备可以确定第一配置信息。该第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量。网络设备可以发送第一配置信息。In some embodiments, the network device may determine first configuration information. The first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances. The network device may send the first configuration information.

例如,网络设备确定第一配置信息。该第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量。网络设备还可以将该第一配置信息发送至终端,以便终端基于该第一配置信息确定至少两个时间提前量。 For example, the network device determines first configuration information. The first configuration information is used to indicate at least two timing advances. The network device may also send the first configuration information to the terminal so that the terminal determines at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information.

例如,第一配置信息可以承载在RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI。For example, the first configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.

比如,以第一配置信息承载在RRC信令上,至少两个NTA,offset为两个NTA,offset为例。两个NTA,offset可以包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offsetFor example, taking the first configuration information carried in the RRC signaling, the at least two N TA, offsets are two N TA, offsets as an example. The two N TA, offsets may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .

针对第一NTA,offset,网络设备可以确定第一RRC信令,该第一RRC信令可以用于指示第一NTA,offset。在一些情况中,网络设备可以确定第一RRC信令,并确定第一NTA,offset与确定第一RRC信令的第一场景相关联。网络设备可以在第一场景所对应的时域范围内使用第一NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以接收上行数据。在另一种情况中,网络设备可以确定第一RRC信令,该第一RRC信令指示第一NTA,offset,并且指示了第一NTA,offset对应第一场景,以及指示了第一场景对应的时域范围。例如,第一RRC信令指示第一场景所对应的第一NTA,offset,以及第一场景生效的时域范围。网络设备在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,使用第一NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以接收上行数据。For the first N TA, offset , the network device may determine a first RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the first N TA, offset . In some cases, the network device may determine the first RRC signaling, and determine that the first N TA, offset is associated with the first scenario for determining the first RRC signaling. The network device may use the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to receive uplink data. In another case, the network device may determine the first RRC signaling, which indicates the first N TA, offset , and indicates that the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario, and indicates the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario. For example, the first RRC signaling indicates the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario, and the time domain range in which the first scenario is effective. The network device uses the first N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario to receive uplink data.

同理,针对第二NTA,offset,网络设备可以确定第二RRC信令,该第二RRC信令可以用于指示第二NTA,offset。在一些情况中,网络设备可以确定第二RRC信令,并确定第二NTA,offset与确定第二RRC信令的第二场景相关联。网络设备可以在第二场景所对应的时域范围内使用第二NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以接收上行数据。在另一种情况中,网络设备可以确定第二RRC信令,该第二RRC信令指示第二NTA,offset,并且指示了第二NTA,offset对应第二场景,以及配置了第二场景对应的时域范围。例如,第二RRC信令指示第二场景所对应的第二NTA,offset,以及第二场景生效的时域范围。网络设备在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,使用第二NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,以接收上行数据。Similarly, for the second N TA, offset , the network device may determine a second RRC signaling, which may be used to indicate the second N TA, offset . In some cases, the network device may determine the second RRC signaling, and determine that the second N TA, offset is associated with the second scenario for determining the second RRC signaling. The network device may use the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to receive uplink data. In another case, the network device may determine a second RRC signaling, which indicates the second N TA, offset , and indicates that the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario, and configures the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario. For example, the second RRC signaling indicates the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, and the time domain range in which the second scenario is effective. The network device uses the second N TA, offset to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario to receive uplink data.

在一些实施例中,上述第二RRC信令可以是n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令。In some embodiments, the second RRC signaling may be n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.

在一些实施例中,上述提到的第一RRC信令与第二RRC信令可以是同一个RRC信令。例如,第一RRC信令和第二RRC可以是同一个新定义的RRC信令,或者复用某个已有的RRC信令。In some embodiments, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling mentioned above may be the same RRC signaling. For example, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling.

在一些实施例中,第一RRC信令与第二RRC信令为不同的RRC信令。例如,第一RRC信令可以是同一个新定义的RRC信令,或者复用某个已有的RRC信令。第二RRC信令可以n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令。In some embodiments, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling are different RRC signalings. For example, the first RRC signaling may be the same newly defined RRC signaling, or may reuse an existing RRC signaling. The second RRC signaling may be n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling.

在一些实施例中,第一场景、第二场景中的某一个场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景,另一个场景可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。在这种情况下,假设第一配 置信息指示两个NTA,offset,则可以包括:网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset。终端可以根据接收到的第一配置信息,确定出网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offsetIn some embodiments, one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. The configuration information indicates two N TA,offset , which may include: N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. The terminal may determine, based on the received first configuration information, N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA,offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.

值得注意的是,本公开方案中网络设备进行干扰测量对应的时域范围可以通过配置信息或预定义规则方式确定,示例性的,终端可以基于速率匹配资源(rate matching resource,RMR)信令确定网络设备进行干扰测量对应的时域范围,并在相应时域范围内应用对应的NTA,offsetIt is worth noting that in the disclosed solution, the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device can be determined by configuration information or predefined rules. For example, the terminal can determine the time domain range corresponding to the interference measurement performed by the network device based on rate matching resource (RMR) signaling, and apply the corresponding N TA, offset within the corresponding time domain range.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the network device may determine at least two timing advances based on a first predefined rule.

例如,可以预先定义了多个NTA,offset,如预先定义了第一场景对应的NTA,offset,以及预先定义了第二场景对应的NTA,offset。网络设备根据第一预定义规则,确定预先定义的第一场景对应的NTA,offset,以及预先定义的第二场景对应的NTA,offset。可以认为,第一预定义规则可以基于不同的使用场景,分别预先定义了相应场景对应的NTA,offset。以便网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,确定出不同场景对应的NTA,offset,并在相应场景所对应的时域范围内,使用该场景对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界。For example, multiple N TA, offset may be predefined, such as N TA, offset corresponding to a first scenario is predefined, and N TA, offset corresponding to a second scenario is predefined. The network device determines N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined first scenario and N TA, offset corresponding to the predefined second scenario according to the first predefined rule. It can be considered that the first predefined rule can predefine N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on different usage scenarios. So that the network device can determine N TA, offset corresponding to different scenarios based on the first predefined rule, and use N TA, offset corresponding to the scenario to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time domain range corresponding to the corresponding scenario.

比如,以至少两个NTA,offset为两个NTA,offset为例。两个NTA,offset可以包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offsetFor example, taking the at least two N TA, offset as two N TA, offset as an example, the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .

针对第一NTA,offset,可以预先定义第一NTA,offset,即第一预定义规则预先定义了第一NTA,offset。第一预定义规则可以预先定义第一NTA,offset,以及第一NTA,offset对应第一场景。网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,确定出第一场景所对应的第一NTA,offset。以便网络设备在第一场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第一NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界。For the first N TA, offset , the first N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the first N TA, offset . The first predefined rule may predefine the first N TA, offset , and the first N TA, offset corresponds to the first scenario. The network device may determine the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario based on the first predefined rule. In this way, the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the first N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first scenario.

针对第二NTA,offset,可以预先定义第二NTA,offset,即第一预定义规则预先定义了第二NTA,offset。第一预定义规则可以预先定义第二NTA,offset,以及第二NTA,offset对应第二场景。网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,确定出第二场景所对应的第二NTA,offset。以便网络设备在第二场景所对应的时域范围内,基于第二NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界。For the second N TA, offset , the second N TA, offset may be predefined, that is, the first predefined rule predefines the second N TA, offset . The first predefined rule may predefine the second N TA, offset , and the second N TA, offset corresponds to the second scenario. The network device may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule. In this way, the network device determines the uplink time unit boundary based on the second N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the second scenario.

在一些实施例中,第一场景、第二场景中的某一个场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景,另一个场景可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。其中,网络设备进行干扰测 量的时域范围可以通过信令指示或预定义规则方式确定,具体确定方式与时间窗类似,可以参考后续相应实施例的描述,本公开对此不再赘述。在这种情况下,假设第一预定义规则定义了两个NTA,offset,则可以包括:网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset。终端可以根据第一预定义规则,确定出网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offset,以及网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的NTA,offsetIn some embodiments, one of the first scenario and the second scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other scenario may be a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. The time domain range of the quantity may be determined by signaling indication or predefined rules. The specific determination method is similar to the time window. Please refer to the description of the corresponding subsequent embodiments, and the present disclosure will not go into details. In this case, assuming that the first predefined rule defines two N TA, offset , it may include: N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. The terminal may determine, according to the first predefined rule, N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and N TA, offset corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以基于第一配置信息以及第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the network device may determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.

例如,网络设备可以首先确定第一配置信息。若网络设备未确定第一配置信息,则可以基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。或者,第一配置信息仅指示了至少两个时间提前量中的一个或多个,网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,确定第一配置信息中未指示的时间提前量。For example, the network device may first determine the first configuration information. If the network device does not determine the first configuration information, at least two time advances may be determined based on the first predefined rule. Alternatively, the first configuration information only indicates one or more of the at least two time advances, and the network device may determine the time advance not indicated in the first configuration information based on the first predefined rule.

比如,以至少两个NTA,offset为两个NTA,offset为例。两个NTA,offset可以包括第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offsetFor example, taking the at least two N TA, offset as two N TA, offset as an example, the two N TA, offset may include a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset .

一些情况下,网络设备配置了第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。比如,确定了第一RRC信令和第二RRC信令,第一RRC信令用于指示第一NTA,offset,以及第二RRC信令用于指示第二NTA,offset。其中,第一RRC信令与第二RRC信令可以为同一个RRC信令或为不同的RRC信令。在另一些情况下,若网络设备未配置第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset,则网络设备可以基于第一预设规则确定第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。比如,第一预设规则中预先定义了第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset和第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset。网络设备可以基于第一预设规则确定出相应场景对应的NTA,offsetIn some cases, the network device is configured with a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset . For example, a first RRC signaling and a second RRC signaling are determined, the first RRC signaling is used to indicate the first N TA, offset , and the second RRC signaling is used to indicate the second N TA, offset . Among them, the first RRC signaling and the second RRC signaling can be the same RRC signaling or different RRC signaling. In other cases, if the network device is not configured with the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset , the network device can determine the first N TA, offset and the second N TA, offset based on a first preset rule. For example, the first preset rule predefines the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario and the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario. The network device can determine the N TA, offset corresponding to the corresponding scenario based on the first preset rule.

在另一些情况下,网络设备可以仅配置第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset中的某一个NTA,offset。这种情况下,网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,进一步确定另一个未配置的NTA,offset。假设网络设备配置了第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset。同时,第一预定义规则中预先定义了第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset,则网络设备可以基于第一预定义规则,确定第二场景对应的第二NTA,offsetIn other cases, the network device may configure only one of the first N TA, offset and the second N TA , offset. In this case, the network device may further determine another unconfigured N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule. Assume that the network device configures the first N TA, offset corresponding to the first scenario. At the same time, the first predefined rule predefines the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario, then the network device may determine the second N TA, offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the first predefined rule.

例如,可以假设网络设备确定了n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令,并基于n-TimingAdvanceOffset信令指示了第二场景对应的第二NTA,offset。可以假设第二场景为网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景。当第一预定义规则中预先定义了第一场景对应的第一 NTA,offset,则网络设备还可以基于第一预定义规则确定第一场景对应的第一NTA,offset。其中,第一场景可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的场景。For example, it can be assumed that the network device determines the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling and indicates the second NTA,offset corresponding to the second scenario based on the n-TimingAdvanceOffset signaling. It can be assumed that the second scenario is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. When the first predefined rule predefines the first scenario corresponding to the first N TA,offset , the network device may also determine a first N TA,offset corresponding to a first scenario based on a first predefined rule, wherein the first scenario may be a scenario in which the network device performs interference measurement.

当然,上述各实施例中,网络设备基于第一预定义规则确定至少两个NTA,offset,可以是在网络设备处于相应场景时执行,或者网络设备预先在某个时间点基于第一预定义规则确定至少两个NTA,offset,以便在网络设备处于相应场景时根据确定的NTA,offset进一步确定上行时间单元边界,本公开不作限定。Of course, in the above embodiments, the network device determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule, which can be executed when the network device is in the corresponding scenario, or the network device determines at least two N TA, offset based on the first predefined rule in advance at a certain time point, so that when the network device is in the corresponding scenario, the uplink time unit boundary is further determined according to the determined N TA, offset , which is not limited in the present disclosure.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI中的任意一种或多种组合进行承载,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be carried through any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

可以明白,在该实施例中,网络设备可以基于第一配置信息以及第一预定义规则,进行联合确定至少两个时间提前量。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the network device can jointly determine at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information and the first predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定至少两个时间提前量多种方式,以便网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two time advances, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,至少两个时间提前量包括第一时间提前量。图11是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信方法流程图。如图11所示,方法还可以包括以下步骤:In the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, at least two timing advances include a first timing advance. FIG11 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG11 , the method may further include the following steps:

在步骤S51中,确定第一时间窗。In step S51, a first time window is determined.

在一些实施例中,至少两个时间提前量可以包括第一时间提前量。In some embodiments, the at least two timing advances may include a first timing advance.

在一些实施例中,网络设备还可以确定第一时间窗。其中,该第一时间窗可以为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗。和/或,该第一时间窗可以为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗。In some embodiments, the network device may further determine a first time window, wherein the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance.

例如,网络设备确定的配置信息,该配置信息可以指示第一时间窗。For example, the configuration information determined by the network device may indicate the first time window.

可以明白,网络设备确定的配置信息可以直接指示网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗。网络设备可以将进行干扰测量的时间窗作为第一时间窗,并在该时间窗内可以执行后续S52。网络设备确定的配置信息也可以直接指示应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,并在该时间窗内执行S52。但应当理解,应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,则该时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,也可以不是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。It can be understood that the configuration information determined by the network device can directly indicate the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. The network device can use the time window for performing interference measurement as the first time window, and can perform subsequent S52 within the time window. The configuration information determined by the network device can also directly indicate the time window for applying the first time advance, and perform S52 within the time window. However, it should be understood that the time window for applying the first time advance can be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or it can not be the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and the present disclosure does not limit it.

如,网络设备可以配置第一时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第一时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。基于配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以指示第一时间窗。当然,第一时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者第一时间窗可以是应用第一时间提前 量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。其中,应用第一时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。For example, the network device may configure one or more of the following parameters: a configuration period of the first time window, a measurement time slot offset or a measurement symbol offset, a continuous time slot or a symbol number of the first time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or a symbol number, the first time window may be indicated. Of course, the first time window may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or the first time window may be a time window for applying the first time advance. The time window for applying the first timing advance may be a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a time window for the network device not to perform interference measurement.

在一些情况中,配置信息可以包括基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第一时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第一时间窗的持续时隙数量、第一时间窗的持续帧数量、第一时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.

又例如,网络设备基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗。其中,第二预定义规则中,可以预先定义有网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者应用第一时间提前量的第一时间窗。比如第二预定义规则中,预先定义了哪些时域为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者预先定义了哪些时域为应用第一时间提前量的第一时间窗。网络设备则可以基于第二预定义规则确定第一时间窗。For another example, the network device determines the first time window based on the second predefined rule. Among them, the second predefined rule may predefine a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, or a first time window for applying the first time advance. For example, in the second predefined rule, which time domains are predefined as time windows for the network device to perform interference measurement, or which time domains are predefined as first time windows for applying the first time advance. The network device can determine the first time window based on the second predefined rule.

比如,第二预定义规则可以预先定义持续的N个时间单元以及时间单元偏移量。其中,时间单元可以是OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧。假设以10个OFDM时隙为一个第一时间窗。则第二预定义规则可以预先定义有起始时隙和持续时长,或,起始时隙和结束时隙。如,以起始时隙为0为例,同一个帧内时隙0到时隙9为一个时间窗,时隙10到时隙19为另一个时间窗等。当然,假设时间单元偏移量为2,则同一个帧内,时隙2到时隙11为一个时间窗,时隙12到时隙21为另一个时间窗等。For example, the second predefined rule may predefine N continuous time units and a time unit offset. The time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, within the same frame, time slot 0 to time slot 9 is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on. Of course, assuming that the time unit offset is 2, within the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window, time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.

在一些实施例中,假设第一时间窗与第一NTA,offset相关联。则预定义时间偏移量的第一预定义规则中,还可以预先定义第一NTA,offset关联的窗索引。进而指示第一NTA,offset与第一时间窗之间的关联性。In some embodiments, assuming that the first time window is associated with the first N TA,offset , the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the first N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the first N TA,offset and the first time window.

假设第一时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量时的时间窗,在第一时间窗内设定网络设备采用第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。可以认为该第一时间提前量即网络设备进行干扰测量时,采用的时间提前量。在一些情况下,第一时间提前量可以设置为小于或等于0,例如图6所示出的。使得服务小区网络设备可以在CP持续时间内接收到同小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的用于干扰测量的参考信号,从而避免同小区终端发送上行数据与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号之间产生ISI干扰。Assuming that the first time window can be a time window when the network device performs interference measurement, the network device is set to use a first time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the first time window. It can be considered that the first time advance is the time advance used when the network device performs interference measurement. In some cases, the first time advance can be set to be less than or equal to 0, such as shown in Figure 6. The serving cell network device can receive the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration, thereby avoiding ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the same cell terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device.

S42中根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,还可以包括以下步骤:Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two time advances in S42 may further include the following steps:

在步骤S52中,在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In step S52, within the first time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the first timing advance.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以在S51中确定的第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first timing advance within the first time window determined in S51.

也就是说,网络设备可以在网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量 确定上行时间单元边界。和/或,网络设备可以在应用第一时间提前量的时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。That is, the network device can measure the interference based on the first time advance within the time window of the network device. Determine an uplink time unit boundary. And/or, the network device may determine an uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within a time window in which the first time advance is applied.

比如,网络设备可以确定网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,并且可以预先设定网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗与第一时间提前量相对应。则网络设备可以在网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号。可以理解,该示例对应直接确定网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗的场景,在这种场景下,第一时间提前量可以为专用于网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗所对应的时间提前量。For example, the network device can determine the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and can pre-set the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement to correspond to the first time advance. Then the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement. It can be understood that this example corresponds to a scenario in which the time window for the network device to perform interference measurement is directly determined. In this scenario, the first time advance can be a time advance corresponding to the time window dedicated to the network device for performing interference measurement.

又比如,若网络设备确定的第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,则网络设备可以直接在该时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在第一时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号。这种情况可以是,网络设备直接确定应用第一时间提前量的时间窗的场景,而应用第一时间提前量的时间窗可以与网络设备进行干扰测量相关,也可以不相关,本公开不作限定。For another example, if the first time window determined by the network device is a time window for applying the first time advance, the network device can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance within the time window. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the first time window. This situation may be a scenario where the network device directly determines the time window for applying the first time advance, and the time window for applying the first time advance may be related to or unrelated to the interference measurement performed by the network device, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data under corresponding circumstances. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,至少两个时间提前量包括第二时间提前量。图12是根据一示例性实施例示出的又一种通信方法流程图。如图12所示,方法还可以包括以下步骤:In the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, at least two timing advances include a second timing advance. FIG12 is a flow chart of another communication method according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG12, the method may further include the following steps:

在步骤S61中,确定第二时间窗。In step S61 , a second time window is determined.

在一些实施例中,至少两个时间提前量可以包括第二时间提前量。In some embodiments, the at least two timing advances may include a second timing advance.

在一些实施例中,网络设备还可以确定第二时间窗。其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠。In some embodiments, the network device may further determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain.

可以理解的是,由于第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠,因此,该第二时间窗可以为网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。和/或,该第二时间窗可以为应用第二时间提前量的时间窗。It is understandable that, since the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain, the second time window may be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and/or the second time window may be a time window in which the second time advance is applied.

例如,网络设备确定的配置信息,该配置信息可以指示第二时间窗。For example, the configuration information determined by the network device may indicate the second time window.

可以明白,网络设备可以通过配置信息,直接确定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。在一些情况下,网络设备可以将不进行干扰测量的时间窗作为第二时间窗,并在该时间窗内可以执行后续S62。网络设备也可以通过配置信息直接确定应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,并在该时间窗内执行S62。网络设备还可以通过配置信息确定第一时间窗,并隐式的 指示第二时间窗。即,除第一时间窗以外,均可以认为是第二时间窗。但应当理解,应用第二时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,也可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。It can be understood that the network device can directly determine the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement through configuration information. In some cases, the network device can use the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement as the second time window, and can perform subsequent S62 within the time window. The network device can also directly determine the time window in which the second time advance is applied through configuration information, and perform S62 within the time window. The network device can also determine the first time window through configuration information, and implicitly Indicates the second time window. That is, except for the first time window, all other time windows can be considered as the second time window. However, it should be understood that the time window for applying the second time advance can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

如,网络设备配置第二时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第二时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。基于配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以指示第二时间窗。当然,第二时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者第二时间窗可以是应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,本公开不作限定。其中,应用第二时间提前量的时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗。For example, the network device configures one or more of the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the second time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols, the second time window can be indicated. Of course, the second time window can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or the second time window can be a time window in which the second time advance is applied, which is not limited in the present disclosure. Among them, the time window in which the second time advance is applied can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement.

在一些情况中,配置信息可以包括基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第一时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第一时间窗的持续时隙数量、第一时间窗的持续帧数量、第一时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the configuration information may include parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, etc.

又例如,终端基于第二预定义规则,确定第二时间窗。其中,第二预定义规则中,可以预先定义有网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者应用第二时间提前量的第二时间窗。比如第二预定义规则中,预先定义了哪些时域为网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,或者预先定义了哪些时域为应用第二时间提前量的第二时间窗。网络设备则可以基于第二预定义规则确定第二时间窗。For another example, the terminal determines the second time window based on the second predefined rule. Among them, the second predefined rule may predefine a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or a second time window in which the second time advance is applied. For example, in the second predefined rule, it is predefined which time domains are time windows in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, or it is predefined which time domains are second time windows in which the second time advance is applied. The network device can determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.

比如,可以第二预定义规则可以预先定义持续的M个时间单元以及时间单元偏移量。其中,时间单元可以是OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧。假设以10个OFDM时隙为一个第二时间窗。则第二预定义规则可以预先定义有起始时隙和持续时长,或,起始时隙和结束时隙。如,以起始时隙为0为例,同一个帧内时隙0到时隙9为一个时间窗,时隙10到时隙19为另一个时间窗等。当然,假设时间单元偏移量为2,则同一个帧内,时隙2到时隙11为一个时间窗,时隙12到时隙21为另一个时间窗等。For example, the second predefined rule may predefine M continuous time units and a time unit offset. The time unit may be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule may predefine a starting time slot and a continuous duration, or a starting time slot and an ending time slot. For example, taking the starting time slot as 0 as an example, time slot 0 to time slot 9 in the same frame is a time window, time slot 10 to time slot 19 is another time window, and so on. Of course, assuming that the time unit offset is 2, then in the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a time window, time slot 12 to time slot 21 is another time window, and so on.

在一些实施例中,假设第二时间窗与第二NTA,offset相关联。则预定义时间偏移量的第一预定义规则中,还可以预先定义第二NTA,offset关联的窗索引。进而指示第二NTA,offset与第二时间窗之间的关联性。In some embodiments, assuming that the second time window is associated with the second N TA,offset , the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset may also predefine a window index associated with the second N TA,offset , thereby indicating the association between the second N TA,offset and the second time window.

再例如,网络设备可以通过确定第一时间窗,并将第一时间窗以外的时间窗作为第二时间窗。确定第一时间窗的方式可以参考S51中相应描述,本公开不再赘述。For another example, the network device may determine a first time window and use a time window other than the first time window as a second time window. The manner of determining the first time window may refer to the corresponding description in S51, and will not be described in detail in this disclosure.

假设第二时间窗可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量时的时间窗,在第二时间窗内设定网络设备采用第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。可以认为该第二时间提前量即网络设 备不进行干扰测量时,网络设备采用的时间提前量。在一些情况下,第二时间提前量可以设置为大于或等于0。例如图7所示出的,当第二时间提前量大于0时则预留了网络设备进行上下行转换时间,可以降低网络设备上下行转换占用其它符号的数量,减少被占用符号无法进行通信的情况,增加可用符号数量,进而提升数据传输效率。而当第二时间提前量等于0的情况,则可以配置为与第一时间提前量相同,即仅配置一个时间提前量即可,减少配置时间提前量而产生的通信开销。Assuming that the second time window may be a time window when the network device does not perform interference measurement, the network device is set to use the second time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the second time window. It can be considered that the second time advance is the time window of the network device. The time advance used by the network device when no interference measurement is performed. In some cases, the second time advance can be set to be greater than or equal to 0. For example, as shown in Figure 7, when the second time advance is greater than 0, the network device is reserved for uplink and downlink conversion time, which can reduce the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion, reduce the situation where the occupied symbols cannot communicate, increase the number of available symbols, and thus improve data transmission efficiency. When the second time advance is equal to 0, it can be configured to be the same as the first time advance, that is, only one time advance is configured, reducing the communication overhead generated by configuring the time advance.

S42中根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,还可以包括以下步骤:Determining the uplink time unit boundary according to at least two timing advances in S42 may further include the following steps:

在步骤S62中,在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In step S62, within the second time window, an uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the second timing advance.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以在S61中确定的第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second timing advance within the second time window determined in S61.

也就是说,网络设备可以在网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。和/或,网络设备可以在应用第二时间提前量的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。和/或,网络设备可以在除第一时间窗以外的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。That is, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And/or, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window in which the second time advance is applied. And/or, the network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance in a time window other than the first time window.

比如,网络设备可以确定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,并且可以预先设定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗与第二时间提前量相对应。则网络设备可以在网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号。可以理解,该示例对应直接确定网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗的场景,在这种场景下,第二时间提前量可以为专用于网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗所对应的时间提前量。For example, the network device may determine a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and may pre-set the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement to correspond to the second time advance. The network device may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement. It can be understood that this example corresponds to a scenario in which the time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement is directly determined. In this scenario, the second time advance may be a time advance corresponding to a time window dedicated to the network device not performing interference measurement.

又比如,若网络设备确定的第二时间窗为应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,则网络设备可以直接在该时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在第二时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号。这种情况可以是网络设备直接确定应用第二时间提前量的时间窗的场景,而应用第二时间提前量的时间窗可以与网络设备不进行干扰测量相关,也可以不相关,本公开不作限定。For another example, if the second time window determined by the network device is a time window for applying the second time advance, the network device can directly determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance within the time window. And receive uplink data and reference signals using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window. This situation can be a scenario in which the network device directly determines the time window for applying the second time advance, and the time window for applying the second time advance may be related to or unrelated to the network device not performing interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

再比如,若网络设备通过确定第一时间窗,进而确定除第一时间窗以外的时间窗为第二时间窗,网络设备可以在该时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。并在第二时间窗内利用确定的上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号。当然,在这种情况下,可以预先设定第二时间窗与第二时间提前量之间的对应关系。For another example, if the network device determines the first time window and then determines that the time window other than the first time window is the second time window, the network device can determine the uplink time unit boundary within the time window based on the second time advance. And receive the uplink data and reference signal using the determined uplink time unit boundary within the second time window. Of course, in this case, the corresponding relationship between the second time window and the second time advance can be preset.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切 换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. The number of symbols occupied before and after the uplink and downlink switching is exchanged, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗可以通过以下至少一种方式确定:确定第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;发送第二配置信息。和/或,基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first time window and/or the second time window may be determined by at least one of the following methods: determining second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; sending the second configuration information. And/or, based on a second predefined rule, determining the first time window and/or the second time window.

其中,在一些实施例中,网络设备可以确定第二配置信息。第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。网络设备可以发送第二配置信息。In some embodiments, the network device may determine the second configuration information. The second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window. The network device may send the second configuration information.

例如,网络设备确定第二配置信息。该第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。网络设备可以向终端发送第二配置信息,以便终端基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。For example, the network device determines the second configuration information. The second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window. The network device may send the second configuration information to the terminal so that the terminal determines the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information.

如,第二配置信息可以指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。其中,第一时间窗口可以与第一NTA,offset对应,第二时间窗口可以与第二NTA,offset对应。在一些情况下,可以设定第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗。当然,第一时间窗也可以为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗也可以为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,本公开不作限定。网络设备根据第二配置信息可以确定出上述第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗,以便后续在第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗内基于对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。For example, the second configuration information may indicate the first time window and/or the second time window. The first time window may correspond to the first N TA, offset , and the second time window may correspond to the second N TA, offset . In some cases, the first time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and the second time window may be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. Of course, the first time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the second time window may also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure. The network device may determine the above-mentioned first time window and/or second time window according to the second configuration information, so as to subsequently determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset in the first time window and/or the second time window, and receive uplink data.

可以明白,本公开通过第一时间窗配置关联的第一NTA,offset,以及为第二时间窗配置关联的第二NTA,offset。可以保证,当第一NTA,offset为小于等于0的情况下,如图6示出的,在第一时间窗内避免终端发送上行数据与邻小区网络设备发送参考信号之间产生ISI干扰。并且,当第二NTA,offset为大于0的情况下,如图7示出的,可以保证在第二时间窗内降低网络设备进行上下行转换占用其它符号的数量,增加可用符号数量,进而提升数据传输效率。It can be understood that the present disclosure configures the first N TA, offset associated with the first time window and the second N TA, offset associated with the second time window. It can be ensured that when the first N TA, offset is less than or equal to 0, as shown in FIG6, ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device is avoided in the first time window. And when the second N TA, offset is greater than 0, as shown in FIG7, it can be ensured that the number of other symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink conversion is reduced in the second time window, the number of available symbols is increased, and the data transmission efficiency is improved.

例如,第二配置信息可以承载在RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI。For example, the second configuration information can be carried in RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI.

如,网络设备可以通过配置RMR,并通过RMR中指示的相应信息,指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。其中,RMR可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI承载。比如,通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的某一种信令承载,或者通过多个信令承载。如通过RRC信令指示部分时间窗,再通过DCI激活RRC指示的多个时间窗中的一个或多个。之后,终端可以在第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗对应的时域范围内基于对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。For example, the network device may indicate the first time window and/or the second time window by configuring the RMR and indicating the corresponding information in the RMR. Among them, the RMR may be carried by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI. For example, it may be carried by one of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI, or by multiple signaling. For example, a partial time window may be indicated by RRC signaling, and then one or more of the multiple time windows indicated by RRC may be activated by DCI. Afterwards, the terminal may determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the corresponding N TA, offset within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, and send uplink data.

针对第一时间窗,网络设备可以配置第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于指示第一时 间窗。该第二配置信息指示网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,网络设备可以将该时间窗作为第一时间窗。或者,第二配置信息指示应用第一时间提前量的时间窗,网络设备可以将该时间窗作为第一时间窗。For the first time window, the network device may configure second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window. The second configuration information indicates a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the network device may use the time window as the first time window. Alternatively, the second configuration information indicates a time window in which the first time advance is applied, and the network device may use the time window as the first time window.

比如,第二配置信息中配置了第一时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第一时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。基于配置信息中的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以指示第一时间窗。For example, the second configuration information configures one or more of the parameters such as the configuration period of the first time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the first time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols in the configuration information, the first time window can be indicated.

在一些情况中,第二配置信息可以包括与第一时间窗相关的参数。如,基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第一时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第一时间窗的持续时隙数量、第一时间窗的持续帧数量、第一时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the second configuration information may include parameters related to the first time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the first time window, the number of continuous time slots in the first time window, the number of continuous frames in the first time window, the number of continuous subframes in the first time window, and the like.

同理,针对第二时间窗,网络设备可以配置第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于指示第二时间窗。该第二配置信息指示网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗,网络设备可以将该时间窗作为第二时间窗。或者,该第二配置信息指示应用第二时间提前量的时间窗,网络设备可以将该时间窗作为第二时间窗。再或者,该第二配置信息指示了第一时间窗,网络设备可以将第一时间窗以外均作为第二时间窗。Similarly, for the second time window, the network device may configure second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to indicate the second time window. The second configuration information indicates a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, and the network device may use the time window as the second time window. Alternatively, the second configuration information indicates a time window in which the second time advance is applied, and the network device may use the time window as the second time window. Alternatively, the second configuration information indicates the first time window, and the network device may use all time windows other than the first time window as the second time window.

比如,第二配置信息中配置了第二时间窗的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、第二时间窗的持续时隙或符号数量等参数中的一个或多个。基于配置信息中的配置周期、测量时隙偏移或测量符号偏移、持续时隙或符号数量等一个或多个参数,可以指示第二时间窗。For example, the second configuration information configures one or more of the parameters such as the configuration period of the second time window, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols of the second time window. Based on one or more parameters such as the configuration period, the measurement time slot offset or the measurement symbol offset, the continuous time slot or the number of symbols in the configuration information, the second time window can be indicated.

在一些情况中,第二配置信息可以包括与第二时间窗相关的参数。如,基于OFDM符号、时隙、帧或子帧的参数,如测量OFDM符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、子帧偏移、第二时间窗的持续OFDM符号数量、第二时间窗的持续时隙数量、第二时间窗的持续帧数量、第二时间窗的持续子帧数量等参数中的一项或多项。In some cases, the second configuration information may include parameters related to the second time window, such as parameters based on OFDM symbols, time slots, frames or subframes, such as measuring one or more of OFDM symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, subframe offset, the number of continuous OFDM symbols in the second time window, the number of continuous time slots in the second time window, the number of continuous frames in the second time window, the number of continuous subframes in the second time window, and the like.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the network device may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

例如,第二预定义规则预先定义了第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗,如预先定义了使用第一NTA,offset的第一时间窗,和/或使用第二NTA,offset的第二时间窗。在一些情况下,可以设定第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗。当然,第一时间窗也可以为网络设备进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,第二时间窗也可以为网络设备不进行干扰测量时对应的时间窗,本公开不作限定。网 络设备根据预先定义的第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗,以便后续在第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗对应的时域范围内,基于对应的NTA,offset确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。For example, the second predefined rule predefines the first time window and/or the second time window, such as predefines the first time window using the first N TA, offset , and/or the second time window using the second N TA, offset . In some cases, the first time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and the second time window can be set as the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement. Of course, the first time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device performs interference measurement, and the second time window can also be the time window corresponding to when the network device does not perform interference measurement, which is not limited in the present disclosure. The network device determines the first time window and/or the second time window according to a predefined second predefined rule, so that subsequently, within the time domain range corresponding to the first time window and/or the second time window, the uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the corresponding NTA,offset , and uplink data is received.

比如,可以第二预定义规则可以预先定义持续的N个时间单元和/或M个时间单元,其中,时间单元可以是OFDM符号、OFDM时隙、帧或子帧。假设以10个OFDM时隙为一个第一时间窗。5个OFDM时隙为一个第二时间窗。则第二预定义规则可以预先定义各时间窗的起始时隙和持续时长,或,各时间窗的起始时隙和结束时隙。如,同一个帧内时隙0到时隙9为一个第一时间窗,时隙10到时隙14为一个第二时间窗等。当然,第二预定义规则中还可以定义时间窗的偏移参数。假设偏移参数为2,则同一个帧内,时隙2到时隙11为一个第一时间窗,时隙12到时隙16为一个第二时间窗等。For example, the second predefined rule can predefine N continuous time units and/or M time units, where the time unit can be an OFDM symbol, an OFDM time slot, a frame or a subframe. Assume that 10 OFDM time slots are a first time window. 5 OFDM time slots are a second time window. Then the second predefined rule can predefine the starting time slot and duration of each time window, or the starting time slot and end time slot of each time window. For example, in the same frame, time slot 0 to time slot 9 is a first time window, time slot 10 to time slot 14 is a second time window, etc. Of course, the offset parameter of the time window can also be defined in the second predefined rule. Assuming that the offset parameter is 2, in the same frame, time slot 2 to time slot 11 is a first time window, time slot 12 to time slot 16 is a second time window, etc.

在一些实施例中,假设第一时间窗与第一NTA,offset相关联,和/或第二时间窗与第二NTA,offset相关联。则预定义时间偏移量的第一预定义规则中,还可以预先定义第一NTA,offset关联的窗索引,和/或预先定义第二NTA,offset关联的窗索引。进而指示第一NTA,offset与第一时间窗之间的关联性,和/或指示第二NTA,offset与第二时间窗之间的关联性。In some embodiments, assuming that the first time window is associated with the first N TA, offset , and/or the second time window is associated with the second N TA, offset , then in the first predefined rule for predefining the time offset, the window index associated with the first N TA, offset may be predefined, and/or the window index associated with the second N TA, offset may be predefined, thereby indicating the association between the first N TA , offset and the first time window, and/or indicating the association between the second N TA, offset and the second time window.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以基于第二配置信息以及第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the network device may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.

例如,网络设备可以首先确定第二配置信息,并基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。若网络设备没有确定第二配置信息,则网络设备可以基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。或者,网络设备仅配置了第一时间窗或第二时间窗,网络设备可以基于第二预定义规则,确定第二配置信息中未指示的时间窗。For example, the network device may first determine the second configuration information, and determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information. If the network device does not determine the second configuration information, the network device may determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second predefined rule. Alternatively, the network device is only configured with the first time window or the second time window, and the network device may determine the time window not indicated in the second configuration information based on the second predefined rule.

比如,以至少两个时间窗为两个时间窗为例。两个时间窗可以包括第一时间窗和第二时间窗。For example, taking the at least two time windows as two time windows as an example, the two time windows may include a first time window and a second time window.

一些情况下,若网络设备未配置第一时间窗和第二时间窗。比如,第二预设规则中预先规定了网络设备进行干扰检测的时间窗,或者预先规定了应用第一NTA,offset的时间窗;以及,第二预设规则中预先规定了网络设备不进行干扰检测的时间窗,或者预先规定了应用第二NTA,offset的时间窗,或者预先规定了第一时间窗并隐式指示第二时间窗(即第一时间窗以外均为第二时间窗)。终端可以基于第二预设规则,确定出第一时间窗和第二时间窗。In some cases, if the network device is not configured with the first time window and the second time window. For example, the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the first N TA, offset ; and the second preset rule predefines the time window for the network device not to perform interference detection, or predefines the time window for applying the second N TA, offset , or predefines the first time window and implicitly indicates the second time window (that is, all time windows other than the first time window are the second time window). The terminal can determine the first time window and the second time window based on the second preset rule.

在另一些情况下,网络设备可以仅配置第一时间窗和第二时间窗中的某一个时间窗。这种情况下,网络设备可以基于第二预定义规则,进一步确定另一个未配置的时间窗。假 设网络设备配置了第一时间窗。同时,第二预定义规则中预先定义了第二时间窗,则网络设备可以基于第二预定义规则确定第二时间窗。In other cases, the network device may configure only one of the first time window and the second time window. In this case, the network device may further determine another unconfigured time window based on the second predefined rule. Assume that the network device is configured with a first time window. Meanwhile, the second predefined rule predefines a second time window, and the network device can determine the second time window based on the second predefined rule.

例如,可以假设网络设备配置了RMR,RMR可以指示第一时间窗或第二时间窗。可以假设第二预定义规则中预先定义了第一时间窗和第二时间窗中未配置的时间窗,则网络设备还可以基于第二预定义规则确定未配置的时间窗。在一些情况下,第一时间窗和第二时间窗中的一个时间窗可以是网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,另一个可以是网络设备不进行干扰测量的时间窗。For example, it can be assumed that the network device is configured with RMR, and the RMR can indicate the first time window or the second time window. It can be assumed that the second predefined rule predefines a time window that is not configured in the first time window and the second time window, and the network device can also determine the unconfigured time window based on the second predefined rule. In some cases, one of the first time window and the second time window can be a time window in which the network device performs interference measurement, and the other can be a time window in which the network device does not perform interference measurement.

可以理解,第二预定义规则如何定义第一时间窗和第二时间窗,可以参考前述实施例的描述,本公开不再赘述。It can be understood that how the second predefined rule defines the first time window and the second time window can be referred to the description of the aforementioned embodiment, and the present disclosure will not elaborate on it.

当然,在上述各实施例中,网络设备基于第二预定义规则确定至少两个时间窗,可以是网络设备在任意时间点基于第二预定义规则确定至少两个时间窗,本公开不作限定。Of course, in the above embodiments, the network device determines at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule. The network device may determine at least two time windows based on the second predefined rule at any time point, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

应当明白,上述第二预设时间可以根据实际情况进行任意设置,本公开不作限定。It should be understood that the second preset time mentioned above can be set arbitrarily according to actual conditions, and the present disclosure does not limit it.

在一些实施例中,第二配置信息可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE信令和/或DCI中的任意一种或多种组合进行承载,本公开不作限定。In some embodiments, the second configuration information may be carried through any one or more combinations of RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling and/or DCI, which is not limited in the present disclosure.

可以明白,在该实施例中,网络设备可以基于第二配置信息以及第二预定义规则,进行联合确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the network device can jointly determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information and the second predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定时间窗多种方式,以便网络设备可以在相应时间窗内使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and receive uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal from the terminal is not received in the first time unit after the first time window and/or in the last time unit within the first time window.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, in a first time unit after the first time window, no uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal is received.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换后的第一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,网络设备在该时间单元上不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。换句话说,即网络设备不期待接收上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the first time unit after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot, for uplink/downlink conversion. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal in this time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, in the last time unit in the first time window, no uplink channel and/or uplink signal is received from the terminal.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换前的最后一 个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,网络设备在该时间单元上不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。换句话说,即网络设备不期待接收上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network equipment performing uplink/downlink conversion may occupy the last A time unit, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot. The network device cannot receive the data sent by the terminal in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal in this time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to receive the uplink channel and/or uplink signal.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后相邻的多个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in a plurality of adjacent time units after the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换后相邻的多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,终端不期待在该多个时间单元上发送上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy multiple adjacent time units after the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in these multiple time units.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH)、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后多个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal during the last multiple time units within the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换前的最后多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上终端发送的数据,网络设备无法完成接收。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上发送上行信道和/或上行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots. The network device cannot complete the reception of the data sent by the terminal in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal in this time unit.

例如,上行信道可以包括PUSCH、PUCCH中的一个或多个。上行信号可以是SRS。For example, the uplink channel may include one or more of PUSCH and PUCCH. The uplink signal may be SRS.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待发送信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况,提高数据传输效率。The present disclosure improves data transmission efficiency by not expecting to send channels and/or signals in specific time units to avoid data transmission failure caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不向终端调度下行信道和/或下行信号。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, at the first time unit after the first time window and/or at the last time unit within the first time window, no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is scheduled to the terminal.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, in a first time unit after the first time window, no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换后的第一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,网络设备在该时间单元上不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。换句话说,即网络设备不期待发送下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the first time unit after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot. The network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal to the terminal in this time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, in the last time unit in the first time window, no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换前的最后一个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因 此,网络设备在该时间单元上不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。换句话说,即网络设备不期待发送下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last time unit before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as an OFDM symbol or an OFDM time slot. The network device cannot send data in this time unit. Therefore, the network device does not send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal to the terminal in the time unit. In other words, the network device does not expect to send a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗之后的多个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during a plurality of time units after the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用上行/下行转换后的多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上接收下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy multiple time units after the uplink/downlink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots. The network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in this time unit.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,在第一时间窗内的最后多个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal during the last plurality of time units within the first time window.

例如,在一些情况下,网络设备进行上下行转换可能会占用下行/上行转换前的最后多个时间单元,如OFDM符号或OFDM时隙。在该多个时间单元上网络设备无法发送数据。因此,终端不期待在该时间单元上接收下行信道和/或下行信号。For example, in some cases, the network device may occupy the last multiple time units before the downlink/uplink conversion, such as OFDM symbols or OFDM time slots, for uplink/downlink conversion. The network device cannot send data in these multiple time units. Therefore, the terminal does not expect to receive the downlink channel and/or downlink signal in these time units.

例如,下行信道可以包括PDSCH、PDCCH中的一个或多个。下行信号可以是CSI-RS。本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待接收信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况,提高数据传输效率。For example, the downlink channel may include one or more of PDSCH and PDCCH. The downlink signal may be CSI-RS. The present disclosure improves data transmission efficiency by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units to avoid data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first timing advance is less than or equal to 0.

在一些实施例中,第一时间提前量可以小于或者等于0。In some embodiments, the first timing advance may be less than or equal to zero.

例如,第一NTA,offset小于0。或者,第一NTA,offset等于0。For example, the first N TA, offset is less than 0. Or, the first N TA, offset is equal to 0.

可以理解,当第一NTA,offset小于或等于0,如图6所示出的,服务小区的终端基于该第一NTA,offset确定的上行时间单元边界,可以与基准时间相同。使得服务小区的网络设备可以在CP持续时间内接收到本小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。进而避免了本小区终端发送的上行数据与邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号之间产生ISI干扰。It can be understood that when the first N TA, offset is less than or equal to 0, as shown in FIG6 , the uplink time unit boundary determined by the terminal of the serving cell based on the first N TA, offset can be the same as the reference time. This allows the network equipment of the serving cell to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell within the CP duration. This avoids ISI interference between the uplink data sent by the terminal of the serving cell and the reference signal sent by the network equipment of the neighboring cell.

在一些实施例中,考虑到网络设备进行上下行切换可能会占用上下行切换前后的某一个符号,并导致网络设备在该被占用的符号上无法进行数据传输,也就是该符号对于网络设备不可用。而终端也需要进行上下行切换,并且当终端采用第一NTA,offset时,上下行切换同样会占用上下行切换前后的某一个符号。并导致终端在该被占用的符号上无法进行数据传输,也就是该符号对于终端不可用。 In some embodiments, it is considered that the network device may occupy a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching when performing uplink and downlink switching, and the network device cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the network device. The terminal also needs to perform uplink and downlink switching, and when the terminal adopts the first NTA,offset , the uplink and downlink switching will also occupy a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching. And the terminal cannot perform data transmission on the occupied symbol, that is, the symbol is unavailable to the terminal.

因此,在一些实施例中,可以配置终端与网络设备不可用的符号为同一个符号。即网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号,与终端进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号为同一个符号。Therefore, in some embodiments, the terminal and the network device unavailable symbol may be configured as the same symbol, that is, a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device is the same symbol as a symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the terminal.

在一些实施例中,可以配置终端期待进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号,与网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号为同一个符号。In some embodiments, a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching that the terminal expects to be occupied by can be configured to be the same symbol as a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching.

或者,在一些实施例中,可以配置终端不期待进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号,与网络设备进行上下行切换所占用的上下行切换前后的某一个符号为不同的符号。Alternatively, in some embodiments, the terminal may be configured not to expect a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching to be occupied by the uplink and downlink switching, which is different from a certain symbol before and after the uplink and downlink switching occupied by the network device for the uplink and downlink switching.

本公开提供了较为具体的第一时间提前量,以便网络设备可以使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以保证服务小区网络设备在CP持续时间内接收到相同服务小区终端发送的上行数据,与邻小区网络设备发送的用于干扰测量的参考信号,从而有效降低信号间的干扰,提升数据传输效率和干扰测量精度。The present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.

本公开实施例提供的通信方法中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to 0.

在一些实施例中,第二时间提前量可以大于或者等于0。In some embodiments, the second timing advance may be greater than or equal to zero.

例如,第二NTA,offset大于0。或者,第二NTA,offset等于0。For example, the second N TA, offset is greater than 0. Or, the second N TA, offset is equal to 0.

可以理解,当第二NTA,offset等于0时,可以认为第二NTA,offset可以与第一NTA,offset相同。因此可以仅配置一个时间提前量即可,进而减少配置多个时间提前量所带来的资源消耗以及信令开销。It can be understood that when the second N TA,offset is equal to 0, it can be considered that the second N TA,offset can be the same as the first N TA,offset . Therefore, only one timing advance value can be configured, thereby reducing resource consumption and signaling overhead caused by configuring multiple timing advance values.

当第二NTA,offset大于0时,第二NTA,offset可以与常规方案中TDD场景下的NTA,offset相同。这种情况下,如图7示出的,终端基于第二NTA,offset确定发送上行数据的上行时间单元边界。正如图7中第一个上行(uplink,UL)符号对应的起始位置。该起始位置即图7中上行数据发送时间所指示的位置。图7中所示出的TTA,offset表示为基于NTA,offset确定的具体提前时长。其中,TTA,offset等于NTA,offsetTc,Tc为时间基本量。可以看出,图7中示出的斜线填充区域表示了终端发送上行数据的上行时间单元与下行时间单元之间的时延。其中,该时延可以基于第二NTA,offset确定。在一些例子中,假设第二NTA,offset所使用的场景为网络设备不进行干扰测量的场景,则无需考虑网络设备是否可以在CP持续时间内接收到本服务小区终端发送的上行数据,以及邻小区网络设备发送的参考信号。这种情况下,网络设备可以利用该时间段进行上下行切换,进而无需占用上下行切换前或上下行切换后的某一个符号。从而避免了上下行切换被占用符号的数量,提升了上行传输性能。 When the second N TA, offset is greater than 0, the second N TA, offset may be the same as N TA, offset in the TDD scenario in the conventional scheme. In this case, as shown in FIG7 , the terminal determines the boundary of the uplink time unit for sending uplink data based on the second N TA, offset . As shown in FIG7 , the starting position corresponding to the first uplink (uplink, UL) symbol. The starting position is the position indicated by the uplink data sending time in FIG7 . T TA, offset shown in FIG7 represents the specific advance duration determined based on N TA, offset . Among them, T TA, offset is equal to N TA, offset T c , and T c is the basic amount of time. It can be seen that the oblique line filled area shown in FIG7 represents the delay between the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit for the terminal to send uplink data. Among them, the delay can be determined based on the second N TA, offset . In some examples, assuming that the scenario used by the second NTA, offset is a scenario in which the network device does not perform interference measurement, there is no need to consider whether the network device can receive the uplink data sent by the terminal of the service cell and the reference signal sent by the neighboring cell network device within the CP duration. In this case, the network device can use this time period to perform uplink and downlink switching, and there is no need to occupy a symbol before or after the uplink and downlink switching. This avoids the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching and improves uplink transmission performance.

本公开提供了较为具体的第二时间提前量,以便网络设备使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data, which can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

下面将结合更为具体的示例对本公开所涉及的方案进行描述。The solutions involved in the present disclosure will be described below with reference to more specific examples.

在一种实施方式中,以进行干扰测量为CLI测量为例,可以假设终端为Rel-18及后续版本终端,且终端为支持DTDD特性的终端。终端基于网络设备配置,在对应时频域位置执行对应的CLI测量上报。In one implementation, taking the interference measurement as CLI measurement as an example, it can be assumed that the terminal is a Rel-18 or later version terminal, and the terminal is a terminal supporting the DTDD feature. The terminal performs corresponding CLI measurement reporting at a corresponding time-frequency domain position based on the network device configuration.

其中,NTA,offset为小区级参数,同一服务小区的所有设备对应NTA,offset相同。因此,本公开提供了两个NTA,offsetWherein, N TA, offset is a cell-level parameter, and all devices in the same serving cell correspond to the same N TA, offset . Therefore, the present disclosure provides two N TA, offset .

可以定义两个NTA,offset分别为第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset。其中,第一NTA,offset为应用于网络设备进行CLI测量的时域范围,第二NTA,offset应用于网络设备进行CLI测量的时域范围之外。一些例子中,第二NTA,offset可以基于信令n-TimingAdvanceOffset配置。若该信令n-TimingAdvanceOffset未进行配置,则可以基于表1确定。
Two N TA, offsets may be defined, namely, a first N TA, offset and a second N TA, offset . The first N TA, offset is applied to the time domain range for the network device to perform CLI measurement, and the second N TA, offset is applied outside the time domain range for the network device to perform CLI measurement. In some examples, the second N TA, offset may be configured based on the signaling n-TimingAdvanceOffset. If the signaling n-TimingAdvanceOffset is not configured, it may be determined based on Table 1.

表1Table 1

对于第一NTA,offset,可以基于如下方法确定: For the first N TA, offset , it can be determined based on the following method:

方法1:终端接收RRC配置信令,确定对应第一NTA,offset。第一NTA,offset基于小区级RRC信令配置。Method 1: The terminal receives RRC configuration signaling and determines the corresponding first N TA, offset . The first N TA, offset is configured based on the cell-level RRC signaling.

方法2:终端基于第一预定义规则确定。示例性的,第一NTA,offset等于0,或者,第一NTA,offset<0。Method 2: The terminal determines based on a first predefined rule. Exemplarily, the first N TA, offset is equal to 0, or the first N TA, offset <0.

方法3:终端接收RRC信令,确定第一NTA,offset。若RRC信令未配置,则终端基于方法2的第一预定义规则,确定第一NTA,offset的值。Method 3: The terminal receives RRC signaling and determines the first N TA,offset . If the RRC signaling is not configured, the terminal determines the value of the first N TA,offset based on the first predefined rule of method 2.

在一些实施例中,终端还可以基于RRC信令确定第一NTA,offset和第二NTA,offset中的一个,并基于第一预定义规则,确定另一个NTA,offsetIn some embodiments, the terminal may also determine one of the first N TA,offset and the second N TA,offset based on RRC signaling, and determine the other N TA,offset based on a first predefined rule.

本公开通过引入两个NTA,offset,终端在不同时域范围应用两个NTA,offset的其中一个,有利于在保证网络设备CLI测量精度的同时,提升数据传输效率。The present disclosure introduces two N TA,offset , and the terminal applies one of the two N TA,offset in different time domain ranges, which is beneficial to improving data transmission efficiency while ensuring the measurement accuracy of the CLI of the network device.

在一种实施方式中,终端确定网络设备执行网络设备之间CLI测量所在时域位置,具体方法包括:In one implementation, the terminal determines the time domain location where the network device performs CLI measurement between network devices, and the specific method includes:

方法1:终端接收配置信令,该配置信令可以为RRC、MAC CE和/或DCI。确定CLI测量所在时域位置,具体可以包括:确定测量周期、测量时隙偏移以及测量所在符号。Method 1: The terminal receives configuration signaling, which may be RRC, MAC CE and/or DCI. Determine the time domain location of the CLI measurement, which may specifically include: determining the measurement period, the measurement time slot offset, and the symbol where the measurement is located.

方法2:考虑到在网络设备执行网络设备之间CLI测量所在时频域位置,终端无法传输数据。为确定终端无法传输数据的时频域位置,这类时频域资源可以通过RMR配置确定。终端基于RMR对应的与网络设备之间CLI测量的资源,确定网络设备CLI测量所在OFDM symbol位置。Method 2: Considering the time-frequency domain location where the network device performs the CLI measurement between network devices, the terminal cannot transmit data. To determine the time-frequency domain location where the terminal cannot transmit data, such time-frequency domain resources can be determined through RMR configuration. The terminal determines the OFDM symbol location where the network device CLI measurement is located based on the resources corresponding to the RMR and the CLI measurement between network devices.

可以基于网络设备CLI测量所在OFDM symbol范围,终端在网络设备CLI测量所在OFDM symbol上,应用第一NTA,offset;以及,终端在网络设备CLI测量所在OFDM symbol范围之外,应用第二NTA,offsetBased on the OFDM symbol range where the network device CLI measures, the terminal may apply a first N TA,offset on the OFDM symbol where the network device CLI measures; and the terminal may apply a second N TA,offset outside the OFDM symbol range where the network device CLI measures.

示例性地,如图13所示,在终端应用第一NTA,offset和应用第二NTA,offset之间,为实现不同NTA,offset下对应的UL OFDM symbol所对应的边界(boundary)的对齐,终端在第一NTA,offset结束后的相邻的第一个UL OFDM符号,终端不期待在该符号上发送PUSCH、PUCCH和/或SRS(即UL OFDM符号),即,图13中“X!”所对应的符号。当然,在其它示例中,对于DL OFDM symbol所对应的边界的对齐方式相类似,即终端不期待在第一NTA,offset结束后的相邻的第一个DL OFDM符号上接收PDCCH、PDSCH和/或CSI-RS(即DL OFDM符号)。 Exemplarily, as shown in FIG13, between the terminal applying the first N TA, offset and the terminal applying the second N TA, offset , in order to achieve alignment of the boundary corresponding to the UL OFDM symbol corresponding to different N TA , offset, the terminal does not expect to send PUSCH, PUCCH and/or SRS (i.e., UL OFDM symbol) on the first adjacent UL OFDM symbol after the first N TA, offset , i.e., the symbol corresponding to "X!" in FIG13. Of course, in other examples, the alignment method for the boundary corresponding to the DL OFDM symbol is similar, i.e., the terminal does not expect to receive PDCCH, PDSCH and/or CSI-RS (i.e., DL OFDM symbol) on the first adjacent DL OFDM symbol after the first N TA, offset .

本公开确定两个NTA,offset对应的应用时域范围,有利于在保证网络设备CLI测量精度的同时,提升数据传输效率。The present disclosure determines the application time domain range corresponding to two N TA,offsets , which is beneficial to improving data transmission efficiency while ensuring the measurement accuracy of the network device CLI.

在一些实施方式中,终端基于现有机制确定NTA,offset,网络设备在CLI symbol上接收对应CLI RS信号,并放弃对应服务小区上行数据接收。In some implementations, the terminal determines N TA,offset based on an existing mechanism, the network device receives a corresponding CLI RS signal on a CLI symbol, and abandons receiving uplink data of a corresponding serving cell.

终端确定网络设备CLI测量所在OFDM symbol,如图14所示出的,在网络设备CLI测量所在OFDM symbol和下一个相邻OFDM symbol,终端不期待在该符号上发送PUSCH、PUCCH和/或SRS(即UL OFDM符号),即,图14中“X!”所对应的符号。当然,在其它示例中,对于网络设备在DL OFDM symbol进行发送CLI参考信号的情况,则终端不期待在该符号上接收PDCCH、PDSCH和/或CSI-RS(即DL OFDM符号)。The terminal determines the OFDM symbol where the network device CLI is measured. As shown in FIG14, at the OFDM symbol where the network device CLI is measured and the next adjacent OFDM symbol, the terminal does not expect to send PUSCH, PUCCH and/or SRS on the symbol (i.e., UL OFDM symbol), i.e., the symbol corresponding to "X!" in FIG14. Of course, in other examples, for the case where the network device sends the CLI reference signal on the DL OFDM symbol, the terminal does not expect to receive PDCCH, PDSCH and/or CSI-RS on the symbol (i.e., DL OFDM symbol).

本公开考虑到基站实现方式接收对应CLI RS,为降低来自服务UE UL data的干扰,终端不期待在CLI RS所在OFDM符号进行数据传输。可以有效降低标准影响,提升CLI测量精度。The present disclosure takes into account the implementation of the base station to receive the corresponding CLI RS. In order to reduce the interference from the UL data of the serving UE, the terminal does not expect to transmit data in the OFDM symbol where the CLI RS is located. This can effectively reduce the impact of the standard and improve the CLI measurement accuracy.

需要说明的是,本领域内技术人员可以理解,本公开实施例上述涉及的各种实施方式/实施例中可以配合前述的实施例使用,也可以是独立使用。无论是单独使用还是配合前述的实施例一起使用,其实现原理类似。本公开实施中,部分实施例中是以一起使用的实施方式进行说明的。当然,本领域内技术人员可以理解,这样的举例说明并非对本公开实施例的限定。It should be noted that those skilled in the art can understand that the various implementation methods/embodiments involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure can be used in conjunction with the aforementioned embodiments or can be used independently. Whether used alone or in conjunction with the aforementioned embodiments, the implementation principle is similar. In the implementation of the present disclosure, some embodiments are described in terms of implementation methods used together. Of course, those skilled in the art can understand that such examples are not limitations of the embodiments of the present disclosure.

基于相同的构思,本公开实施例还提供一种通信装置、设备。Based on the same concept, the embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a communication device and equipment.

可以理解的是,本公开实施例提供的通信装置、设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。结合本公开实施例中所公开的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本公开实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同的方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本公开实施例的技术方案的范围。It is understandable that the communication device and equipment provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function in order to realize the above functions. In combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example disclosed in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the technical solution of the embodiments of the present disclosure.

图15是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信装置示意图。参照图15,该装置200应用于终端,装置200可以包括:处理模块201,用于确定至少两个时间提前量;处理模块201还用于,根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;发送模块202,用于基于上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment. Referring to Fig. 15, the device 200 is applied to a terminal, and the device 200 may include: a processing module 201, used to determine at least two time advances; the processing module 201 is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances; a sending module 202, used to send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary.

本公开通过为终端配置多个不同的时间提前量,以使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。 The present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation, which can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,装置200还包括:接收模块203,用于接收第一配置信息;处理模块201还用于,基于第一配置信息确定至少两个时间提前量;处理模块201还用于,基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the device 200 also includes: a receiving module 203, used to receive first configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine at least two time advances based on the first configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine at least two time advances based on a first predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定至少两个时间提前量多种方式,以便终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two time advances, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量包括第一时间提前量;处理模块201还用于:确定第一时间窗,其中,第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗;在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include a first time advance; the processing module 201 is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量包括第二时间提前量;处理模块201还用于:确定第二时间窗,其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include a second time advance; the processing module 201 is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得终端可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,装置200还包括:接收模块203,用于接收第二配置信息;处理模块201还用于,基于第二配置信息确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;处理模块201还用于,基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the device 200 also includes: a receiving module 203 for receiving second configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; the processing module 201 is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定时间窗多种方式,以便终端可以在相应时间窗内使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window, so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待发送信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况。从而降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to send channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的 最后一个时间单元上,终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。In some embodiments, at a first time unit after the first time window, and/or within the first time window In the last time unit, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待接收信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况。从而降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In some implementations, the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.

本公开提供了较为具体的第一时间提前量,以便终端使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以保证服务小区网络设备在CP持续时间内接收到相同服务小区终端发送的上行数据,与邻小区网络设备发送的用于干扰测量的参考信号,从而有效降低信号间的干扰,提升数据传输效率和干扰测量精度。The present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance so that the terminal uses an appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.

在一些实施方式中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In some implementations, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.

本公开提供了较为具体的第二时间提前量,以便终端使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并发送上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the terminal can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and send uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device for uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

图16是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信装置示意图。参照图16,该装置300应用于网络设备,装置300可以包括:处理模块301,用于确定至少两个时间提前量;处理模块301还用于,根据至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;接收模块302,用于基于上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号,其中,参考信号用于干扰检测。Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment. Referring to Fig. 16, the device 300 is applied to a network device, and the device 300 may include: a processing module 301, used to determine at least two timing advances; the processing module 301 is also used to determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two timing advances; a receiving module 302, used to receive uplink data and a reference signal based on the uplink time unit boundary, wherein the reference signal is used for interference detection.

本公开通过为终端配置多个不同的时间提前量,以使得网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure configures a plurality of different time advances for the terminal so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,装置300还包括:处理模块301还用于,确定第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示至少两个时间提前量;发送模块303还用于,发送第一配置信息;和/或,处理模块301还用于,基于第一预定义规则,确定至少两个时间提前量。In some embodiments, the device 300 also includes: the processing module 301 is also used to determine first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate at least two time advance amounts; the sending module 303 is also used to send the first configuration information; and/or the processing module 301 is also used to determine at least two time advance amounts based on a first predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定至少两个时间提前量多种方式,以便网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine at least two time advances, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data in the corresponding situation. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量包括第一时间提前量;处理模块301还用于:确定第一时间窗,其中,第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或第一时间窗为应用第一时间提前量的时间窗;在第一时间窗内,基于第一时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include a first time advance; the processing module 301 is also used to: determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; within the first time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the first time advance.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适 的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present invention determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate The time advance of the uplink time unit is used to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by network devices before and after uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,至少两个时间提前量包括第二时间提前量;处理模块301还用于:确定第二时间窗,其中,第二时间窗与第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;在第二时间窗内,基于第二时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界。In some embodiments, at least two time advances include a second time advance; the processing module 301 is also used to: determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; within the second time window, determine the uplink time unit boundary based on the second time advance.

本公开通过时间窗确定对应的时间提前量,使得网络设备可以在相应情况下使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure determines the corresponding time advance through the time window, so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data under corresponding circumstances. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,装置300还包括:处理模块301还用于,确定第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗;发送模块303,用于发送第二配置信息;和/或,处理模块301还用于,基于第二预定义规则,确定第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗。In some embodiments, the device 300 also includes: the processing module 301 is also used to determine second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; the sending module 303 is used to send the second configuration information; and/or the processing module 301 is also used to determine the first time window and/or the second time window based on a second predefined rule.

本公开提供了确定时间窗多种方式,以便网络设备可以在相应时间窗内使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides multiple ways to determine the time window so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary within the corresponding time window and receive uplink data. It can reduce the number of symbols occupied by the network device before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving the uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不接收终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。In some implementations, an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal of the terminal is not received at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待发送信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况。从而降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to send channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,在第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。In some implementations, at a first time unit after the first time window and/or at a last time unit within the first time window, no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal.

本公开通过在特定的时间单元上不期待接收信道和/或信号,以避免由于网络设备进行上下行切换导致的数据传输失败情况。从而降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure avoids data transmission failures caused by uplink and downlink switching of network devices by not expecting to receive channels and/or signals in specific time units, thereby reducing the number of symbols occupied by uplink and downlink switching of network devices before and after the uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

在一些实施方式中,第一时间提前量小于或等于0。In some implementations, the first timing advance is less than or equal to zero.

本公开提供了较为具体的第一时间提前量,以便网络设备使用合适的时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以保证服务小区网络设备在CP持续时间内接收到相同服务小区终端发送的上行数据,与邻小区网络设备发送的用于干扰测量的参考信号,从而有效降低信号间的干扰,提升数据传输效率和干扰测量精度。The present disclosure provides a more specific first time advance so that the network device can use the appropriate time advance to determine the uplink time unit boundary and receive uplink data. It can ensure that the serving cell network device receives the uplink data sent by the same serving cell terminal within the CP duration, and the reference signal for interference measurement sent by the neighboring cell network device, thereby effectively reducing interference between signals and improving data transmission efficiency and interference measurement accuracy.

在一些实施方式中,第二时间提前量大于或等于0。In some implementations, the second timing advance is greater than or equal to zero.

本公开提供了较为具体的第二时间提前量,以便网络设备使用合适的时间提前量确定 上行时间单元边界,并接收上行数据。可以降低网络设备进行上下行切换占用上下行切换前后符号的数量,进而增加可用符号数量,提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure provides a more specific second time advance so that the network device can use an appropriate time advance to determine The uplink time unit boundary is detected and uplink data is received. This can reduce the number of symbols occupied by network devices before and after uplink and downlink switching, thereby increasing the number of available symbols and improving uplink transmission performance.

关于上述实施例中的装置,其中各个模块执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。Regarding the device in the above embodiment, the specific manner in which each module performs operations has been described in detail in the embodiment of the method, and will not be elaborated here.

图17是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信设备示意图。例如,设备400可以是移动电话,计算机,数字广播终端,消息收发设备,游戏控制台,平板设备,医疗设备,健身设备,个人数字助理等任意终端。Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment. For example, the device 400 may be any terminal such as a mobile phone, a computer, a digital broadcast terminal, a message transceiver device, a game console, a tablet device, a medical device, a fitness device, a personal digital assistant, etc.

参照图17,设备400可以包括以下一个或多个组件:处理组件402,存储器404,电力组件406,多媒体组件408,音频组件410,输入/输出(I/O)接口412,传感器组件414,以及通信组件416。17 , device 400 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 402 , a memory 404 , a power component 406 , a multimedia component 408 , an audio component 410 , an input/output (I/O) interface 412 , a sensor component 414 , and a communication component 416 .

处理组件402通常控制设备400的整体操作,诸如与显示,电话呼叫,数据通信,相机操作和记录操作相关联的操作。处理组件402可以包括一个或多个处理器420来执行指令,以完成上述的方法的全部或部分步骤。此外,处理组件402可以包括一个或多个模块,便于处理组件402和其他组件之间的交互。例如,处理组件402可以包括多媒体模块,以方便多媒体组件408和处理组件402之间的交互。The processing component 402 generally controls the overall operation of the device 400, such as operations associated with display, phone calls, data communications, camera operations, and recording operations. The processing component 402 may include one or more processors 420 to execute instructions to complete all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned method. In addition, the processing component 402 may include one or more modules to facilitate the interaction between the processing component 402 and other components. For example, the processing component 402 may include a multimedia module to facilitate the interaction between the multimedia component 408 and the processing component 402.

存储器404被配置为存储各种类型的数据以支持在设备400的操作。这些数据的示例包括用于在设备400上操作的任何应用程序或方法的指令,联系人数据,电话簿数据,消息,图片,视频等。存储器404可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM),可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。The memory 404 is configured to store various types of data to support operations on the device 400. Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the device 400, contact data, phone book data, messages, pictures, videos, etc. The memory 404 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.

电力组件406为设备400的各种组件提供电力。电力组件406可以包括电源管理系统,一个或多个电源,及其他与为设备400生成、管理和分配电力相关联的组件。The power component 406 provides power to the various components of the device 400. The power component 406 may include a power management system, one or more power supplies, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power for the device 400.

多媒体组件408包括在所述设备400和用户之间的提供一个输出接口的屏幕。在一些实施例中,屏幕可以包括液晶显示器(LCD)和触摸面板(TP)。如果屏幕包括触摸面板,屏幕可以被实现为触摸屏,以接收来自用户的输入信号。触摸面板包括一个或多个触摸传感器以感测触摸、滑动和触摸面板上的手势。所述触摸传感器可以不仅感测触摸或滑动动作的边界,而且还检测与所述触摸或滑动操作相关的持续时间和压力。在一些实施例中,多媒体组件408包括一个前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头。当设备400处于操作模式,如拍摄模式或视频模式时,前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头可以接收外部的多媒体数据。每个前置摄像头和后置摄像头可以是一个固定的光学透镜系统或具有焦距和光学变焦能力。 The multimedia component 408 includes a screen that provides an output interface between the device 400 and the user. In some embodiments, the screen may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a touch panel (TP). If the screen includes a touch panel, the screen may be implemented as a touch screen to receive input signals from the user. The touch panel includes one or more touch sensors to sense touch, slide, and gestures on the touch panel. The touch sensor may not only sense the boundaries of the touch or slide action, but also detect the duration and pressure associated with the touch or slide operation. In some embodiments, the multimedia component 408 includes a front camera and/or a rear camera. When the device 400 is in an operating mode, such as a shooting mode or a video mode, the front camera and/or the rear camera may receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and the rear camera may be a fixed optical lens system or have a focal length and optical zoom capability.

音频组件410被配置为输出和/或输入音频信号。例如,音频组件410包括一个麦克风(MIC),当设备400处于操作模式,如呼叫模式、记录模式和语音识别模式时,麦克风被配置为接收外部音频信号。所接收的音频信号可以被进一步存储在存储器404或经由通信组件416发送。在一些实施例中,音频组件410还包括一个扬声器,用于输出音频信号。The audio component 410 is configured to output and/or input audio signals. For example, the audio component 410 includes a microphone (MIC), and when the device 400 is in an operating mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a speech recognition mode, the microphone is configured to receive an external audio signal. The received audio signal can be further stored in the memory 404 or sent via the communication component 416. In some embodiments, the audio component 410 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.

I/O接口412为处理组件402和外围接口模块之间提供接口,上述外围接口模块可以是键盘,点击轮,按钮等。这些按钮可包括但不限于:主页按钮、音量按钮、启动按钮和锁定按钮。I/O interface 412 provides an interface between processing component 402 and peripheral interface modules, such as keyboards, click wheels, buttons, etc. These buttons may include but are not limited to: a home button, a volume button, a start button, and a lock button.

传感器组件414包括一个或多个传感器,用于为设备400提供各个方面的状态评估。例如,传感器组件414可以检测到设备400的打开/关闭状态,组件的相对定位,例如所述组件为设备400的显示器和小键盘,传感器组件414还可以检测设备400或设备400一个组件的位置改变,用户与设备400接触的存在或不存在,设备400方位或加速/减速和设备400的温度变化。传感器组件414可以包括接近传感器,被配置用来在没有任何的物理接触时检测附近物体的存在。传感器组件414还可以包括光传感器,如CMOS或CCD图像传感器,用于在成像应用中使用。在一些实施例中,该传感器组件414还可以包括加速度传感器,陀螺仪传感器,磁传感器,压力传感器或温度传感器。The sensor assembly 414 includes one or more sensors for providing various aspects of status assessment for the device 400. For example, the sensor assembly 414 can detect the open/closed state of the device 400, the relative positioning of components, such as the display and keypad of the device 400, and the sensor assembly 414 can also detect the position change of the device 400 or a component of the device 400, the presence or absence of user contact with the device 400, the orientation or acceleration/deceleration of the device 400, and the temperature change of the device 400. The sensor assembly 414 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of nearby objects without any physical contact. The sensor assembly 414 may also include an optical sensor, such as a CMOS or CCD image sensor, for use in imaging applications. In some embodiments, the sensor assembly 414 may also include an accelerometer, a gyroscope sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor, or a temperature sensor.

通信组件416被配置为便于设备400和其他设备之间有线或无线方式的通信。设备400可以接入基于通信标准的无线网络,如WiFi,2G或3G,或它们的组合。在一个示例性实施例中,通信组件416经由广播信道接收来自外部广播管理系统的广播信号或广播相关信息。在一个示例性实施例中,所述通信组件416还包括近场通信(NFC)模块,以促进短程通信。例如,在NFC模块可基于射频识别(RFID)技术,红外数据协会(IrDA)技术,超宽带(UWB)技术,蓝牙(BT)技术和其他技术来实现。The communication component 416 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communication between the device 400 and other devices. The device 400 can access a wireless network based on a communication standard, such as WiFi, 2G or 3G, or a combination thereof. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 416 receives a broadcast signal or broadcast-related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 416 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication. For example, the NFC module can be implemented based on radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, infrared data association (IrDA) technology, ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.

在示例性实施例中,设备400可以被一个或多个应用专用集成电路(ASIC)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSPD)、可编程逻辑器件(PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、控制器、微控制器、微处理器或其他电子元件实现,用于执行上述方法。In an exemplary embodiment, the device 400 may be implemented by one or more application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other electronic components to perform the above methods.

在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种包括指令的非临时性计算机可读存储介质,例如包括指令的存储器404,上述指令可由设备400的处理器420执行以完成上述方法。例如,所述非临时性计算机可读存储介质可以是ROM、随机存取存储器(RAM)、CD-ROM、磁带、软盘和光数据存储设备等。In an exemplary embodiment, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium including instructions is also provided, such as a memory 404 including instructions, which can be executed by a processor 420 of the device 400 to perform the above method. For example, the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can be a ROM, a random access memory (RAM), a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, an optical data storage device, etc.

图18是根据一示例性实施例示出的另一种通信设备示意图。例如,设备500可以被提供为一基站,或者是服务器。参照图18,设备500包括处理组件522,其进一步包括一个或多个处理器,以及由存储器532所代表的存储器资源,用于存储可由处理组件522执 行的指令,例如应用程序。存储器532中存储的应用程序可以包括一个或一个以上的每一个对应于一组指令的模块。此外,处理组件522被配置为执行指令,以执行上述方法。FIG18 is a schematic diagram of another communication device according to an exemplary embodiment. For example, device 500 may be provided as a base station or a server. Referring to FIG18 , device 500 includes a processing component 522, which further includes one or more processors, and a memory resource represented by a memory 532 for storing data that can be executed by the processing component 522. The application stored in the memory 532 may include one or more modules, each corresponding to a set of instructions. In addition, the processing component 522 is configured to execute instructions to perform the above method.

设备500还可以包括一个电源组件526被配置为执行设备500的电源管理,一个有线或无线网络接口550被配置为将设备500连接到网络,和一个输入输出(I/O)接口558。设备500可以操作基于存储在存储器532的操作系统,例如Windows ServerTM,Mac OS XTM,UnixTM,LinuxTM,FreeBSDTM或类似。The device 500 may also include a power supply component 526 configured to perform power management of the device 500, a wired or wireless network interface 550 configured to connect the device 500 to a network, and an input/output (I/O) interface 558. The device 500 may operate based on an operating system stored in the memory 532, such as Windows Server™, Mac OS X™, Unix™, Linux™, FreeBSD™, or the like.

本公开通过配置两个NTA,offset,并设计规则确定两个NTA,offset的应用时域范围,在不同的时域范围内采用相应的NTA,offset发送上行数据。可以在保证CLI测量精度的基础上,尽可能提升上行传输性能。The present disclosure configures two N TA, offsets and designs rules to determine the application time domain ranges of the two N TA, offsets , and uses corresponding N TA, offsets to send uplink data in different time domain ranges, thereby improving uplink transmission performance as much as possible while ensuring CLI measurement accuracy.

进一步可以理解的是,本公开中“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。It is further understood that in the present disclosure, "plurality" refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar thereto. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B may represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. The singular forms "a", "the" and "the" are also intended to include plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates other meanings.

进一步可以理解的是,术语“第一”、“第二”等用于描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开,并不表示特定的顺序或者重要程度。实际上,“第一”、“第二”等表述完全可以互换使用。例如,在不脱离本公开范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。It is further understood that the terms "first", "second", etc. are used to describe various information, but such information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other, and do not indicate a specific order or degree of importance. In fact, the expressions "first", "second", etc. can be used interchangeably. For example, without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, the first information can also be referred to as the second information, and similarly, the second information can also be referred to as the first information.

进一步可以理解的是,本公开中涉及到的“响应于”“如果”等词语的含义取决于语境以及实际使用的场景,如在此所使用的词语“响应于”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“如果”或“若”。It is further understood that the meanings of the words "in response to" and "if" involved in the present disclosure depend on the context and the actual usage scenario. For example, the word "in response to" used herein can be interpreted as "at..." or "when..." or "if" or "if".

进一步可以理解的是,本公开实施例中尽管在附图中以特定的顺序描述操作,但是不应将其理解为要求按照所示的特定顺序或是串行顺序来执行这些操作,或是要求执行全部所示的操作以得到期望的结果。在特定环境中,多任务和并行处理可能是有利的。It is further understood that, although the operations are described in a specific order in the drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure, it should not be understood as requiring the operations to be performed in the specific order shown or in a serial order, or requiring the execution of all the operations shown to obtain the desired results. In certain environments, multitasking and parallel processing may be advantageous.

本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本公开的其它实施方案。本申请旨在涵盖本公开的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本公开的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate other embodiments of the present disclosure after considering the specification and practicing the invention disclosed herein. This application is intended to cover any modifications, uses or adaptations of the present disclosure, which follow the general principles of the present disclosure and include common knowledge or customary technical means in the art that are not disclosed in the present disclosure.

应当理解的是,本公开并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开的范围仅由所附的权利范围来限制。 It should be understood that the present disclosure is not limited to the precise structures that have been described above and shown in the drawings, and that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the present disclosure is limited only by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (24)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由终端执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a terminal, comprising: 确定至少两个时间提前量;determining at least two time advances; 根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;Determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances; 基于所述上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。Uplink data is sent based on the uplink time unit boundary. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时间提前量,采用以下至少一种方式确定:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the at least two timing advances are determined in at least one of the following ways: 接收第一配置信息,基于所述第一配置信息确定所述至少两个时间提前量;receiving first configuration information, and determining the at least two timing advances based on the first configuration information; 基于第一预定义规则,确定所述至少两个时间提前量。Based on a first predefined rule, the at least two timing advances are determined. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时间提前量,包括:第一时间提前量;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the at least two timing advances include: a first timing advance; the method further includes: 确定第一时间窗,其中,所述第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或,所述第一时间窗为应用所述第一时间提前量的时间窗;Determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; 所述根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:The determining the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances includes: 在所述第一时间窗内,基于所述第一时间提前量确定所述上行时间单元边界。In the first time window, the uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the first timing advance. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时间提前量,包括:第二时间提前量;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the at least two timing advances include: a second timing advance; the method further includes: 确定第二时间窗,其中,所述第二时间窗与所述第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;Determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; 所述根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:The determining the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances includes: 在所述第二时间窗内,基于所述第二时间提前量确定所述上行时间单元边界。In the second time window, the uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the second timing advance. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗通过以下至少一种方式确定:The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the first time window and/or the second time window is determined by at least one of the following methods: 接收第二配置信息,基于所述第二配置信息确定所述第一时间窗,和/或,所述第二时间窗;receiving second configuration information, and determining the first time window and/or the second time window based on the second configuration information; 基于第二预定义规则,确定所述第一时间窗,和/或,所述第二时间窗。Based on a second predefined rule, the first time window and/or the second time window are determined. 根据权利要求3-5中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在所述第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,所述终端不期待发送上行信道和/或上行信号。The method according to any one of claims 3-5 is characterized in that, at the first time unit after the first time window and/or at the last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to send an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal. 根据权利要求3-5中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在所述第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,所述终端不期待接收下行信道和/或下行信号。 The method according to any one of claims 3-5 is characterized in that, at the first time unit after the first time window and/or at the last time unit within the first time window, the terminal does not expect to receive a downlink channel and/or a downlink signal. 根据权利要求3-7中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间提前量小于或等于0。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 7, characterized in that the first timing advance is less than or equal to 0. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间提前量大于或等于0。The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the second timing advance is greater than or equal to 0. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由网络设备执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a network device, comprising: 确定至少两个时间提前量;determining at least two time advances; 根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;Determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances; 基于所述上行时间单元边界接收上行数据。Uplink data is received based on the uplink time unit boundary. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定至少两个时间提前量,包括:The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the determining of at least two timing advances comprises: 确定第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示所述至少两个时间提前量;发送所述第一配置信息;和/或,determining first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the at least two timing advances; sending the first configuration information; and/or, 基于第一预定义规则,确定所述至少两个时间提前量。Based on a first predefined rule, the at least two timing advances are determined. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时间提前量,包括:第一时间提前量;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the at least two timing advances include: a first timing advance; the method further includes: 确定第一时间窗,其中,所述第一时间窗为网络设备进行干扰测量的时间窗,和/或,所述第一时间窗为应用所述第一时间提前量的时间窗;Determine a first time window, wherein the first time window is a time window for the network device to perform interference measurement, and/or the first time window is a time window for applying the first time advance; 所述根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:The determining the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances includes: 在所述第一时间窗内,基于所述第一时间提前量确定所述上行时间单元边界。In the first time window, the uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the first timing advance. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时间提前量,包括:第二时间提前量;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the at least two timing advances include: a second timing advance; the method further includes: 确定第二时间窗,其中,所述第二时间窗与所述第一时间窗在时域上不重叠;Determine a second time window, wherein the second time window does not overlap with the first time window in the time domain; 所述根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界,包括:The determining the uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances includes: 在所述第二时间窗内,基于所述第二时间提前量确定所述上行时间单元边界。In the second time window, the uplink time unit boundary is determined based on the second timing advance. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间窗和/或第二时间窗通过以下方式确定:The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that the first time window and/or the second time window is determined by: 确定第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一时间窗和/或所述第二时间窗;发送所述第二配置信息;和/或,determining second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the first time window and/or the second time window; sending the second configuration information; and/or, 基于第二预定义规则,确定所述第一时间窗和/或所述第二时间窗。Based on a second predefined rule, the first time window and/or the second time window is determined. 根据权利要求12-14中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在所述第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不接收来自终端的上行信道和/或上行信号。 The method according to any one of claims 12-14 is characterized in that an uplink channel and/or uplink signal from the terminal is not received in a first time unit after the first time window and/or in a last time unit within the first time window. 根据权利要求12-14中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一时间窗之后的第一个时间单元上,和/或在所述第一时间窗内的最后一个时间单元上,不向终端发送下行信道和/或下行信号。The method according to any one of claims 12-14 is characterized in that no downlink channel and/or downlink signal is sent to the terminal in the first time unit after the first time window and/or in the last time unit within the first time window. 根据权利要求12-16中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间提前量小于或等于0。The method according to any one of claims 12-16 is characterized in that the first timing advance is less than or equal to 0. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间提前量大于或等于0。The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the second timing advance is greater than or equal to 0. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises: 处理模块,用于确定至少两个时间提前量;A processing module, configured to determine at least two timing advances; 所述处理模块还用于,根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;The processing module is further used to determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances; 发送模块,用于基于所述上行时间单元边界发送上行数据。A sending module is used to send uplink data based on the uplink time unit boundary. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由网络设备执行,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a network device, comprising: 处理模块,用于确定至少两个时间提前量;A processing module, configured to determine at least two timing advances; 所述处理模块还用于,根据所述至少两个时间提前量确定上行时间单元边界;The processing module is further used to determine an uplink time unit boundary according to the at least two time advances; 接收模块,用于基于所述上行时间单元边界接收上行数据和参考信号,其中,所述参考信号用于干扰检测。A receiving module is used to receive uplink data and a reference signal based on the uplink time unit boundary, wherein the reference signal is used for interference detection. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising: 处理器;processor; 用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions; 其中,所述处理器被配置为:执行权利要求1至9中任意一项所述的方法。Wherein, the processor is configured to: execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 9. 一种干扰测量设备,其特征在于,包括:An interference measurement device, characterized in that it comprises: 处理器;processor; 用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions; 其中,所述处理器被配置为:执行权利要求10至18中任意一项所述的方法。Wherein, the processor is configured to: execute the method described in any one of claims 10 to 18. 一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,当所述存储介质中的指令由终端的处理器执行时,使得所述终端能够执行权利要求1至9中任意一项所述的方法。A non-temporary computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that when the instructions in the storage medium are executed by a processor of a terminal, the terminal is enabled to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 9. 一种非临时性计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,当所述存储介质中的指令由网 络设备的处理器执行时,使得所述网络设备能够执行权利要求10至18中任意一项所述的方法。 A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that when the instructions in the storage medium are transmitted by a network When executed by a processor of a network device, the network device is enabled to execute the method described in any one of claims 10 to 18.
PCT/CN2023/085812 2023-03-31 2023-03-31 Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium Pending WO2024197961A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202380008830.6A CN116671059A (en) 2023-03-31 2023-03-31 A communication method, device, equipment and storage medium
PCT/CN2023/085812 WO2024197961A1 (en) 2023-03-31 2023-03-31 Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/085812 WO2024197961A1 (en) 2023-03-31 2023-03-31 Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024197961A1 true WO2024197961A1 (en) 2024-10-03

Family

ID=87728276

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/085812 Pending WO2024197961A1 (en) 2023-03-31 2023-03-31 Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116671059A (en)
WO (1) WO2024197961A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104270810A (en) * 2014-10-16 2015-01-07 武汉理工大学 A kind of LTE-A system uplink synchronization method
WO2017126713A1 (en) * 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 엘지전자(주) Method and apparatus for transceiving uplink data in wireless communication system
CN110637495A (en) * 2017-05-04 2019-12-31 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transmitting and receiving signals through beams in wireless communication system and device used for the method
CN114389672A (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-22 华为技术有限公司 Uplink signal sending and receiving method and device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2232730B1 (en) * 2007-12-17 2012-10-31 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (publ) System and method for transmit time computation at a relay station
KR102129803B1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2020-07-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting/receiving a terminal signal in a wireless communication system and a device supporting the same
WO2020103030A1 (en) * 2018-11-21 2020-05-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for determining timing advance in wireless communications
US20220256572A1 (en) * 2021-02-04 2022-08-11 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Operation method of terminal, and terminal apparatus for the same
EP4360368A1 (en) * 2021-06-23 2024-05-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Timing advance assignment procedures for aligning sidelink positioning reference signal (prs) receptions at target user equipments (ues) or anchor (pos)-peer ues

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104270810A (en) * 2014-10-16 2015-01-07 武汉理工大学 A kind of LTE-A system uplink synchronization method
WO2017126713A1 (en) * 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 엘지전자(주) Method and apparatus for transceiving uplink data in wireless communication system
CN110637495A (en) * 2017-05-04 2019-12-31 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transmitting and receiving signals through beams in wireless communication system and device used for the method
CN114389672A (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-22 华为技术有限公司 Uplink signal sending and receiving method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116671059A (en) 2023-08-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021159515A1 (en) Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus
WO2024229710A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2020258335A1 (en) Control resource configuration method and apparatus, control resource determination method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023207785A1 (en) Terminal operation method and apparatus, terminal, and network-side device
CN110945898B (en) Beam failure request resource allocation method, device and storage medium
JP6703180B2 (en) Data transmission method, device, computer program, and recording medium
CN116599635A (en) Resource allocation method, resource allocation device and storage medium
CN110214427A (en) Sending, receiving method, device and the medium of feedback information
US12501300B2 (en) Method for reporting channel state information and communication device
WO2020258041A1 (en) Data transmission method and device, system, and storage medium
WO2022152254A1 (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal, and network side device
US20240430895A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining physical uplink control channel resources, and storage medium
EP4615110A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium
CN116438868A (en) Communication method, device and storage medium
CN118400809A (en) Message configuration method, message configuration device and storage medium
WO2024197961A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium
WO2024148634A1 (en) Sensing resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2024197962A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium
WO2024159378A1 (en) Beam indication method, apparatus and device, and storage medium
WO2024168925A1 (en) Interference measurement method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024082313A1 (en) Transmission configuration indication state determination method, apparatus and device, and storage medium
WO2023097699A1 (en) Srs triggering method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024197960A1 (en) Interference measurement method, apparatus and device, and storage medium
RU2819810C1 (en) Method of determining resource, device for determining resource and data medium
WO2024130590A1 (en) Transmission configuration indicator state determination method and apparatus, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23929544

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE